Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC2019-575 - 10/16/2019 - NA ,¢yUS CIh ..ter Uw 4Nc4FPDXPio EMERGENCY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 1852 This EMERGENCY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT is between the City of Corpus Christi, a Texas home- rule municipal corporation ("Owner"), acting through its duly authorized City Manager or designee, the Director of Engineering Services or City Engineer, and Berry Contracting, LP dba Bay, LTD ("Contractor"). The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel, Assistant Director of Construction Inspection Owner and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Contractor shall construct and complete the following scope of services: Wastewater improvements to install the needed equipment/piping for a temporary sewer bypass system, to make permanent repair to the existing 54-in sewer line, if possible, or replace the existing 54-inch line with a new 54-in sewer line. This contract will also include: temporary traffic control measures, restoration of the SPID structure, temporary dewatering of ground water and other miscellaneous roadway and surface restorations. Additional plans, specifications or drawings are attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein. The General Conditions to the Contract are attached as Exhibit B. Contractor agrees to perform all work as provided and as may be considered necessary to complete the work in a satisfactory and acceptable manner (the "Work"). The Owner reserves the right to make such changes in the plans and specifications and in the character of the Work as may be necessary or desirable. Authorization for all changes must be made in writing. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools, material, machinery, equipment and incidentals necessary to the prosecution of the Work unless otherwise provided by the written terms of the plans and specifications. 2. In consideration of the completion of the above-described Work, the Owner agrees to pay Contractor in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Said payment shall be conditioned upon the acceptance of the Work by the Owner as certified by its final inspection following the receipt of notice from the Contractor that the work is completed and ready for acceptance. Upon completion of work and before acceptance and final payment is made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the work site all surplus and discarded materials, temporary structures, and debris of every kind in order to leave the work site in a neat, orderly condition, equal to that which originally existed. 3. All work shall be performed in a workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner shall determine the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, manner of performance, rate of progress of the Work, sequence of construction, and interpretation of the plans and specifications. 4. The Contractor shall furnish a certificate showing the following minimum coverage in compliance with the General Conditions. Wastewater Line Repairs 54in Sewer Main-Greenwood&SPID(19078A) Page 1 SCANNED TYPE OF INSURANCE MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE 30-Day Notice of Cancellation required on all Bodily Injury and Property Damage certificates PER OCCURRENCE/ AGGREGATE Commercial General Liability, including: $1,000,000 PER OCCURRENCE 1. Commercial Form $2,000,000 AGGREGATE 2. Premises - Operations 3. Explosion and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products/Completed Operations Hazard 6. Contractual Liability 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal Injury BUSINESS AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY- OWNED $1,000,000 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT NON-OWNED OR RENTED/LEASED WORKERS'COMPENSATION STATUTORY EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY $500,000/500,000/500,000 EXCESS LIABILITY/UMBRELLA LIABILITY $1,000,000 PER OCCURRENCE PROFESSIONAL POLLUTION LIABILITY/ $2,000,000 PER CLAIM ENVIRONMENTAL IMPAIRMENT COVERAGE Not limited to sudden &accidental discharge; to include long-term environmental impact for the ❑ REQUIRED disposal of contaminants X NOT REQUIRED EQUAL TO CONTRACT PRICE BUILDERS' RISK (ALL PERILS INCLUDING ❑ REQUIRED X NOT REQUIRED COLLAPSE) Q EQUAL TO CONTRACT PRICE INSTALLATION FLOATER ❑ REQUIRED X NOT REQUIRED 5. The Contractor agrees to provide payment and performance bonds as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 on forms acceptable to the City, attached as Exhibit C. The Contractor must submit with the signed Contract proof that the Contractor has applied for the required bonds. Bonds must be submitted to the City within 7 days of the date that the contract is signed. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. The Contractor shall, at all times, observe and comply with City, federal, state and county laws, ordinances or regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring all legally required building, plumbing, electrical and other permits and licenses, pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the Work, unless otherwise provided by the written terms of the plans and specifications. Wastewater Line Repairs 54in Sewer Main-Greenwood&SPID(19078A) Page 2 8. Contractor shall not pay less than the rates established by City as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258 as shown: Wage Construction Type Project Type Determination (WD)No TX21 Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) TX29 Highway Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule,suspension &spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). TX33 Heavy Pipeline-On-Shore Pipeline Construction TX34 Heavy Pipeline-Off-Shore Construction TX288 Building Building Construction Projects (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories) TX51 Heavy Dredging projects along the Texas gulf coast area including all public channels, harbors, rivers, tributaries and the Gulf Intracoastal Waterways. TX55 Heavy Tunnel Construction Projects (Bored, 48" In Diameter Or More) 10. This Emergency Contract or the Work provided hereunder may not be assigned or subcontracted by Contractor without the written permission of the Owner. CITY OF CORPUS RISTI BERRY CONTRACTING, LP dba BAY, LTD fL , 1 /6 /6 rr,t4•;n Mgr• (o-ts-l4 J .ff H. Edmonds, P. E. D. e Lentz " Date Director of Engineering Services Estimating Manager 1414 Valero Way Corpus Christi, TX 78409 (361) 693-2100 Main Office APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM lentzj@bayltd.com 42019.10.15 ///1- .. 15:29:18 -05'00' Assistant City Attorney Date Wastewater Line Repairs 54in Sewer Main-Greenwood&SPID(19078A) Page 3 Fund Name Accounting Unit Account No. Activity No. Amount Wastewater Fund 4200-33400-042 530235 19078-A-4200-EXP $3,100,000.00 Wastewater Line Repairs 54in Sewer Main-Greenwood&SPID(19078A) Page 4 GENERAL NOTES FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL CONSULTANT'S SHEET No. M PROJECT:COR19537 1. TRAFFIC SIGNS,SIGN SPACING,SIGN LOCATIONS,TAPER LENGTHS,TRANSITION LENGTHS,TRAFFIC BARRIERS AND ALL m ry `Contractar(EmeRencyCdrihcte Phone Ntalitier ' TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT'S TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN,TXDOT y" ss11y k g Randal Moff 31; ' STANDARDS,AND SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION'TEXAS MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL 361-290-3129 / o i DEVICES'AND CURRENT REVISIONS.ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND THE TEXAS Bay,Ltd.-Project Manager /! n M.U.T.C.D.SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE TXDOT AREA ENGINEER.IF A DISCREPANCY Hunter Berry 361-537-4217 {`6y'� BETWEEN THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND THE TEXAS M.U.T.C.D.IS DISCOVERED,THE TEXAS M.U.T.C.D.SHALL GOVERN. Bay,Ltd.-Project Coordinator s 1•\... :Y Wally Garcia 361-944-8341 t��.� }a a.A'' C Bay,Ltd.-Traffic Control Manager 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND MAINTAINING ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES FOR THE Kevin Stone s COMPLETE DURATION OF THE PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN,TXDOT BC STANDARD SHEETS, Bay,Ltd.-Division Manager/Vice President 361-533-4480 AND THE TEXAS M.U.T.C.D.ANY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES DEEMED UNSATISFACTORY BY THE TXDOT AREA ENGINEER SHALL BE REPLACED IMMEDIATELY. T0DOT Phone Number Charles Benavidez 361-808-2261 W 3. THE CONTRACTOR AND ANY TRAFFIC CONTROL SUBCONTRACTOR AND FLAGGERS MUST BE ATSSA CERTIFIED FOR TRAFFIC TZDOT Area Engineer N e, CONTROL.THE CONTRACTOR MUST BE ONSITE DURING WORKING HOURS AND ON-CALL IN THE EVENT OF AN OFF-HOUR Juan Marfil 361-808-2501 W "• e EMERGENCY.ANY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE THAT IS DAMAGED OR MOVED MUST BE CORRECTED AND/OR REPLACED Traffic Signals Supervisor WV 7-, Bo IMMEDIATELY. TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 IS S City of Corpus Christi Phone Number .t" .".."A 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY TXDOT AREA ENGINEER AND THE CITY TRAFFIC ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AT LEAST 72 Kent Power y L, o HOURS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY LANE CHANGES OR LANE CLOSURES ANDA 2 WEEKS ADVANCE NOTICE PRIOR TO Project Manager 210-889-8143 S � TRANSITIONING FROM TCP PHASE 1 TO PHASE 2. Wes Nebgen H m m � Assistant Director-City Utilities 3 5. BARRICADES,SIGNS,CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES MAY BE ADJUSTED TO FIT FIELD Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 CONDITIONS AS DIRECTED BY THE TXDOT AREA ENGINEER. Police Department 361-882-2600 '^ 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after ti tl 6. ALL CONFLICTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS INCLUDING WORDS,ARROWS,AND SYMBOLS SHALL BE ERADICATED AND Water/Wastewater/Stonnwaater hours) C4.1 u REPLACED WITH TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS.ALL CONFLICTING SIGNAGE SHALL BE REMOVED OR BAGGED. D: In 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after Z Gas Department hours) V c 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS(REMOVEABLE TRAFFIC REFLECTORS/BUTTONS)IN Street Department 361-826-1875 h v ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE INDICATED ON THE City Street Div.for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 / ` C PLAN.TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND WILL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL FINAL PAVEMENT { Q MARKINGS ARE REESTABLISHED. IT Department(City Fiber) 361-826-1956 f W 1.1 Design Engineer Phone Number 0 I--p 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT JUAN MARFIL WITH THE TXDOT TRAFFIC SIGNAL DIVISION AT 361-808-2501 AT LEAST 72 Jason Cocklin r' HOURS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION FOR THE REQUIRED RE-PROGRAMMING,ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO DETECTION ZONES, Freese and Nichols,Inc. 361-561-6508 0 w AND REQUIRED TRAFFIC SIGNAL ADJUSTMENTS FOR THE INTERSECTION OF S.P.I.D.AND GREENWOOD DRIVE. Nick Cecava �'- E CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR BAGGING OR MODIFYING THE EXISTING LANE DESIGNATION SIGNS MOUNTED ON THE 361-561-6517 I I-- o Freese and Nichols,Inc. (..1 v MAST ARMS. Other Contacts Phone Number o 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONTINUOUS ACCESS TO ALL BUSINESSES DURING CONSTRUCTION.CONTRACTOR SHALL AEP 1-81/-3/3-9858 a NOTIFY BUSINESSES OF TEMPORARY CLOSURES AS REQUIRED. Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 0= Q N d 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUITABLE TEMPORARY DRAINAGE MEASURES THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. L.J Z 11. FULL CLOSURES OF THE ON-RAMP AND SOUTHBOUND ACCESS ROAD SHALL BE LIMITED TO NIGHTTIME CLOSURES ONLY. ALL WORK FOR FULL CLOSURES SHOULD BEGIN AFTER 9:00PM AND BE COMPLETED BY 6:00AM.CONTRACTOR SHALL i 6 UTILIZE POLICE OFFICERS FOR THE TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF THE EASTBOUND OFF-RAMP FROM S.P.I.D.TO GREENWOOD a (74-, CC W DRIVE. e, Ui 1—0 4 U I ZZ Z 12. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON ONE SIDE OF GREENWOOD DRIVE AT ALL TIMES.PEDESTRIAN DETOUR d A 3 OU Q- SIGNAGE IS INCLUDED IN THE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND SHOULD BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION HL)pd PERIOD. Y LLW Q Q W Z K 5_ 13. REFER TO BC(6)-14 FOR RECOMMENDED PHASES FOR PCMS.OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE TXDOT AREA ENGINEER ~ 0 e PRIOR TO DISPLAYING MESSAGES ON THE PCMS. 8`0fig00 g 14. AT LOCATIONS WHERE SIDEWALK IS CLOSED.PEDESTRIAN BUTTONS SHALL BE COVERED AND SIGNS COVERED INDICATING � s• , 14. Z gi,7 CROSSOVER IS CLOSED TO PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC. ••. W 15. COORDINATE WITH REGIONAL TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY CONCERNING ALTERNATE BUS ROUTES AND DURATION OF F- L6° DETOURS. -i 3 �" $ar SHEET 1 of 35 /i 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND MAINTAIN STORM WATER INLET PROTECTIONS,EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLRECORD DRAWING No. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES(B.M.P'S)THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT DURATION.B.M.P'S SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL T R- ..AR THE DISTURBED AREAS HAVE SEEN STABILIZED. 7 �. Y�,. CRY PROJECT/190784 Dole:Oct 02. 2019-Slip+ 0xr.e0 Ire:NVr\O,-o.Oge\Wo-600-NOTE-01405 Exhibit A WNW I , CONSULTANT'S SKEET No LEGEND Il ...__ MEM ic . wrip iirci oe,zpf.sy, ow gra; I ' 14 -.• TRAFFIC SIGNS ' .. I I ''.-' 1110010411 , .A7P1(t. Pr III NM Tame. !WPM Aging IIP. ,,f ,1 RA PROJECT CORI9537 'I'I ILIllIntid "k*SIn ,...` PM Apron Immo,mow, arso,or . et ----f = OPPOSING TRAFFIC LANE DIVIDERS .., I •pi mirsi‘ ' - MVO •„,-%w --4ko Wilt Noun .... VERTICAL PANELS(SPACING AS PER PLANS) IV vorir ii0- - --0 rotor mom Norio mires . - 1. 1 TYPE III BARRICADE '''''s.,:%,.„ ovii i 1,11 pa fiLliir. Ka'ir, -- •,&_-* ...'In WIWI II 1.5411 WIWI SI • CHANNELIZING DRUMS(SPACING AS PER .3•P I,. MESSAGE SIGN -'..-' log WNW 31111IP .46.I..'-74 MIME ORM MEAL liP41110 Irn illi, PLANS)(PLASTIC REFLECTORIZED) ' '''' NW 4411r- =Mg °Mr. ''''' mow mom moo; w-run IN K;Ts, JL CHANNEUZING DRUMS(SPACING AS PER ' ' * • , t•-,Fr wr'.0 -41P6 A'. ro. Imo woo mugs, IRMO it A t t PLANS)(PLASTIC REFLECTORIZED)w/TErx 24. ,,,*,2 at.',gigy WM WI/1r We 113,1111% BRIM mow mono mmi i .0',.;i I s 914411F linen -.4,.. Km soon moor NEllff WIJOAIN , ” -'••••,,,,' Mr,MIDI lobrIr WW lUailli. mono MEW Immo glp 02a TYPE B FLASHING ARROW PANEL '''' MII 11.11111 11/444. 11131141P1 71411■P 11111111, '31111213 ird ! <=1 BLANK ARROW(EXISTING DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC) . *..* . .','- bay quirri swoon egiikitow IMF& Vill°1111 410^_y___,V1 NIVAIP_, moor ,Vt ,' ' 'ilIE WM, Illt,...:11r 11,44111!"401,1111 xmour Ifitur 111011111 w --i. • .„ , , . - 401.1 SOLID ARROW(PROPOSED DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC) IOW ...,r, vz.rusg2..i.,...,tra 1........'WI 1112944;', 02rAfilf(CANC.:1479 ..tfilit.....111° WV ''' •iiiifinirmr6r. .6- ',II, 'VIEW no sw4,,,,,,, 4 crior gap • ? ,' ' ° --.Viluilllirtir.V-Ms 111E. 1111 ^",-Vg% 1111.41 son,w, wka.,411 Clo.YE 39 I it} PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNI ' _Ye 0 IrlaPkPi.alligilICARIN 2,61,11ft MINE W.NI Writ 5181fia tiNk , sii 1 ED CONSTRUCTION WORK AREA 1 IIIMMW'' N'R ' , "al aill INIIIIIP !APRS.11•101 1111Vig e.1 .i , - , ,51 v° , Nil fill gist sifilloo WANK, sham 2ZIN maul EG20 9 131.-fi f'.414.1-JJ u i 4 11 mil .- No 111 Wile, 7 Mil 24,118 S. .O 1111 .• , -- , . 111111111ff Mgr 8 kill ' ' is . ormor --si iR!k wr - TRAFFIC 16 IlikigIVII iiiitiAlliih10141 II ' FINES ER20 5 ROAD .,), liffilli litikFtrgiiiigikk111411. rie .INDIO IITZPISP IrtIll iii t . “, It %KW,Tts 9Igt 444 1 , x 24.930. WORK CLOSED NM • =Mt WA IllOtir • • DOUBLE EAD AHEAD ,getttliPflgi NiSiteilliRFttliZtfiitt . , , ,,,,,' , sig or or IRA ft711/X , ' IKM ER20 5 PLAQUE CW20-1D CW20-5DR I liEiggit"litil'Imill01 ' .11wilat . I ' • 15 III 1115 , dB filtrall IMAM 1r111111 4 WI 'NIUE 1,11111191 'VW . 48".0111' 48'K48. ,_1 MIK ,. -,..--eot. -. 0' ki ,- 'f cr, ,11111 -,., • - — , cc •,-- .111 C) ® ® 6IF'ir; To , ' • i 1 tram Fre r.,itY klEll o 6 '' ,' • AR vi ,I IL 1 v oottitwAIN IMAs'iiiiiitgicaiiiii iiiiP., , ',"...` 1 1 iliall, wit' irm :4 4 i _1 1tr__P&': or'it art.‘77. 4.-14' ! ': ', Iasi i tr, it END ..:hitgitairiiii 11 ,1,..-'164,- 61 L. ''F..'-' I'---1-.._ 0 S III 0 X WC ROADWORK 41IM i ,p.,,, . 11101.6 (...)u•-•13 ni ' , • J^ • ' tilt 0 TROJAN PR . E ITRCY111,AS z .7 E • 4,45,4 III' — - - egging ilimovolvv*')ApAkiRkgio . . • Ar .., .1 eteleeRip., =Haig III Iti %wave 1111Mr- "'"Ing la Wr 411.1436. .'44.410 -*S‘It., -A11111 . . 1 11121111.11111.511M111°M.Mirit 1111041F ligarinlal UlkifrPin '1410:11r-.110 gP011911141 '.., i''' I mmiro.rai. pram 1„;:m. Iv;;4 1041 illiae --7 , • . A • I alm•E 03,,, alai, a_ 1 V ,,'=',Oztmithglito!kiiiiwik. AO Pill New inir i .,\ CCLU c‘ ‘1.• 00 ...re;Al... . i AIL „...‘`''''' .41MW=11/Z I ---- ---2 EI .7..-; =•-. ...., MI,'-• ' I i ik.,11Nlii , / z 0. .7, u z . , . 1-.r. • . •.. A - co , 7 Eusi , . .., ... wirji.AP,1,11-,. 1 40160/11111111 I I 11111111111 '* (NIGE°CLOISEll'OSIL9)1Kil V ' o „ I CC D 0 LLI Ln, ] - .0 r ' ---.0 , w 1- o- 1 .. ..-.....— i _ _ . .----- u z ip ..- 1.,., w u ) , , I , ko - 50071Y PADRE/RANCOR/WM/350 ., .• g a 5. , \ \ \S"‘ ..- , A PHA, A AVORP:2ACI .Pr ,,,,,, , 2,11,ID N111119 FOR . - ---- s ,,,- • . --. 0 l• 1 , —____ , . . , III AM 1.DAN.AIR I , ..., 0 CL 4 .„.. *• L'y 111111: ,,, (TEN1101,2A SANT CLOSURE) A I 1 1 (N1(111111.Alf/ALIN NIA) A illik Illiglart' , 4 ' ,. ., :,. , ,...1f. SHEET mi. o z-....S._ NOTES A 4,- 2 a 35 S.P.I.D.LANE CLOSURE TCP f_ fil AND SEQUENCING PLAN 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL ADVANCE NI WARNG TRAFFIC CONTROL ._ RECORD DRAM NO SCALE 1,200. SIGNAGE FOR THE COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD DURATION OF THE GREENWOOD DR WORK. 4 I STIR- 2. FOR SOUTH PADRE ISLAND DR.LANE CLOSURE,REFER TO TKDOT TCP(6-1A) Date Sep 19 2019-5.43, tar es Ms .SIFSIO akvingsMAI-LVD-PL-TCPOVERALLelop o COT PROACT Exhibit A CONSULTANT'S SHEET No. ,,,,....„,„,.-'1$73( rt. — ..y.,. FNI PROJECT CORI9537 7. IIIIIIIINI ROAD FND ROA i �A ♦� u tE. LI WORK ENOr 1 .'IF AHEAD • ROADWORK k „., 1 WORK ROADWORK ♦ %'S,.•ot 'I'IC AHEAD ni F.: e.1r CW201D tl "" I+M " o +i\ EY ,• 48'S48' Vn ` ' :;_ 41, y • � o A ^µ * \ _F • I: ` •. CHANNELIZING DRUMS. 3I 1114. W - 31 .AA _ —1 •I•? I' aY Ils- END L Q '` BARRIER SYSTEM ABSORB 350 :t Ov TRO;. -` .- �IMeal .,, ROAD WORK -,-. CRASH CUSHION(35 LF) '(''',Iv '1449' ' , , 1 ^_ „ Q (ABSORB-13) �� r h^3)R •... w - » , _.k h • RARRIERGUARD BOO SYSTEM(3B0 LF( V e ).3 1".', 1 ,-( 7-,. N its` !` • m 'LTX-DOT BARRIERGUARD.19) _ I I TypEBFIASMING Q '•' e m e .lc.Ess , CIPPRirZ € i= LX � I V11F • -- —� — — --- 1— Q C-- -- - AMP L. • rH a N III BARILIERGUARD BOO SYSTEM(780 LF) C'= I Q O• BARREDl'MIRPI9)INSTALLED r B - I`,� d Iii O DC L.. - _ _ _ AND ANCHORED N.FROM EDGEUNE .y^� U OF SHOULDER - - .-«_.-..-. _......•.,...--_...r..� stay:,PAQR/L�(�1�YQ R/ � f�y ^ CHANNELRING DRUMS_ H i H. E ,••_-�•-•.� AN O uRE�EESNE 7/ @ 130.0.C.(TYP.) -- - - --- - -- - - - - - - ' U o" , ' • a CL w B "5 A'0.1/.' 40x ---• AHEAD 0. F 4 Oi TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 1w O< I SCALE: 1^=40• i N V y V S 3 Q- 9- O oC a 0 1- NOTES: '�<e 3 O , Sib 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING p•Y W �U- SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. -. UJ z� .51 (S 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND c 4F 3n PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS w REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE _i SHEET 3 of 35 .. INDICATED ON PLANS. �' 4i. - RECORD DRAPING NO, 3. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING OF CHANNEUZING DRUMS j S T R— &^p\, AND TRAFFICSIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. 0 201 40� RU' YEN SCALE IN FEET a COY PROJECT/1907BA Y Dote:Sep 19. 2019-5.13pn Peer ea Fee.wVr5p.n.I59.SVv-cv11-PL-TCF-01d.9 Exhibit A CONSULTANT SHEET No. FM PROJECT SHEETOR I No i 4 r , k END ,:r;t& J L+. T•'+'Fs�a'f+�,++�`� lit537ry �. ROADWORK R —77r, '1 il 3<; ri",..1...,,,,,,I,,, ,Aie_ ROADdl' .1—�L {�' WORK m � x. ° E e .. �N e ,mmi l {�` I� Ir . � 44 FF WORK 7 .. `. Nl i CW201D ` Y AHEAD r ;� 48 x48" _ y e �! 35 ,. . .�e �f as oaI� i CW20.10 ( /' O o-. M.P.H. ....d..., "SE 48"x48 .' V eeVev- Q CW i W z4'x24' v F - N • MOW W N2 rgY • ACCESS ROAD W '` . _ '.7- FFI n .' � "^T ON RAMI' � _ F p ... I s L/1 W20 SOL „,Aq N tZ `- 48 x48` - w { `is — s, ;r, , _,... _ CffVIIIIETP —T r s m Z l ,,, '-BARRIER SYSTEM ABSORB 350 — — — — �' „, — ., _ _ Z y J ,� - --- CRASH CUSHION(35 LF) A`" -�_ .-- J .� A I 0 (ABSORB 13) LEFT LIVE - , Ha i?- _ _ aAHoFsAEDD ty _ I F. N F_ SOUTHPADRE/SLANODR/YE/SN3581 /FOR LANE CLOSURE SEE SHEET 2) aIn � c --P — — c n A x-H 1 V — C.—) :°OOKaRM•.'+K' OFF-RAMP '.w"_"`^..-sewy,•:,.........w,.a':z- ...e,.g.:." .t. 1— _wir �- c ACCESS ROAD ��O — '--� — -• I-- o a N - E1 0 w b a jam _w - f f Z g �t pg w]GF a a z W z O TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 1 w O 2 1 SCALE: 1^=40' z Fn U 1 i Q '‘:-2 5- D cc I-- i NOTES: - O ii1 z 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING ooy LU a'- SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. - LI-1 CY 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND o V -3 n PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS w E i REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE o•• ' U 'lig INDICATED ON PNS. Soo SHEET 4 DI 35 ns� - RECORD DRAPING NO. "" 3. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING OF CHANNELIZINGN DRUMS ST R— N�Q AND TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. 0 20 40B0' L SCALE IN FEET Yo CRY PROJECT/1907BA DpteSep 19. 2019-S.41p. User:eg fie.NLIPROreelnOs\VV-GAT-PL-TCP-OI.Jep Exhibit A �\ CONSULTANTS SHEET Noom71 . .. ... 1 -'f 'x77` FM PROIEC. 19537 X . 44 ^� TIN — t • ._- It is r N. -T. .• III ,PIN. p_SIDEWALK {, -1 PIPE R FLASHING k K16r.,. J C e CLOSED I '-"K1'M I)OUHif ARROW ��h. ./ PANEL J, + o ilea 1[} t;*' a 11"JJ IiANN) 1/N,Gio1Mt ,{ '3 (] t P.I Jam_ . 1tY M'V,"'4"r . >NL // M w 0 — � W NI- .' — w .' 5040 LD s. i a' 1� _ ACCESS ^ a. _ - i .�_ --1 ICCESSROAD I— EN m P _e �YS u ROAD ' I I r%44 C ..__ r - ,. hsxMl __.T__`___ WowcIMF N I s -. HEAD .::03J. W — — — — — cwzalD j R —' E .— — _.. L.1 35 a 10 — — — — fir, . J y = M.PH I 2 _—SOU77)PADRE/SLANDDR/VE(SN358) ___,—... J CHANNEUZING DRUMS I CC m L.) `'- W F i cw133 \ I I 4 .__. (FOR LANE CLOSURESEESHEET I) = In Q 24'024 b E 1 "aY F — — — — — Q C.1 c ""`, �� 111nr, I tin ,., , ..._.w.. III 2 X o° rr , 2 _ ^.#gt> I x-3 tTv y4. I �II, p W w I OADi 61 '�r.,L. 2 U 1-.O U • ` - I` CLOSED a_ R11-1 / ����� �� "�: Wu.4u.a'.c E E �' - Ofl-03w - I— '1/ —. ) ACCESS ROAD ~ F{F m V n CJ CHA NELIZING DRUMS ° 11 ';., r\ / K al al j '^�SIDC-WALK a e 1 �.Lo ED ,f Z Z L i 5 197' ..::1e-111 dim W F- K r _ .L<...,�..._...,. +.riIEIL E Q I-W : (DTRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 1 w p SCALE 1•=40• N U d 3 5_ e Dac O I- a NOTES: - 3 ° $ 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING ao W B SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. - W S� cc FkZ. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND u L C7 ga a PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS n o ?1351' o REQUIRED FOR ALL UNE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE..5, INDICATED ON PUNS. Sa: SHEET S of 3S RECORD OWING NO. m`J•n 3. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACINGOFCHANNELIZINGDRUMS STR- 1n\ AND TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. 0 20' 40' B0' ;o� 1`.61 SCALE IN FEET CRY PROJECT/19018A Dat.:Sep 19. 200-514Pn Use.ep Fib:USI NGro.Ag.SGG-000-PL-TCP-01409 Exhibit A • CONSUUANT'S SHEET No. M Wt01ECT:COR19537 AW M� 160I _ +44fli ' .t 1j, Rpt . - lit ROAD 1. WORK ., 4 q[,:i' gp�AHEAD & ?r �' LEFT�AFDE ../ IV ,�j le 4hNOf - f /J CW30-1D A ,358.. m r l CW20-501 14 -..__ CW13-1 W2x48" .. MPH. W N1 „ ACCE55ROAD +�yil: I— ......"v.) i 1041** S .. _ Z " .h-- 4.T CHANNELIZING DRUMS W •: .pkv, _ —......* 0 — — — J `= @6S'O.C.(TYP) •t. a`: .,. N _ '4 rvPEBFIAsnwc SOLITHPADRE/SLANDDR/VEISH 3581 ,' u U "-----'-^"""""`"'" """ ARROW PANEL /FOR LANECLOSURESEESHEET 21 V N MF K = Q I— om. _ _ ._ _ _ _ _ _b _ �• (.) O, W,e o d "' u• ACCESSROAD E C-) i . it t r a _A - F I a 4., 'H ,S T, • ;. W ....7.1r CY • ra a a F lY O TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 1 w p= SCALE: 1'=40' 3 LLd C. 3_ ee 8 aE NOTES: `5 Di ,t28 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING ..i REFER,t2- SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. Op' C) 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)ISa '1:,1g REQUIRED FOR ALL UNE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE $e o INDICATED ON PIANS. oma SHEET 6 of 35 RECORD DRAWING NO. mP▪R.n 3 CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING OF CHANNELIZING DRUMS STR— ^\ AND TRAFFICSIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. 0 20' 40' 80' q 1:4:.V e SCALE IN FEET Ls CITY PROJECT/19078A Dote:Sep 19. 2019-SA/pn U.,:ep FM.N\IF\11r..FO.\VV-GVO-PL-TCP-01..0 Exhibit A CONSULUNTS SHEET No. ,"` "' c1 FM PROTECT COR19537 IP ROAD... , 2 END 441' ROAD WORK AHEAD t ,L W R!h1L A y t 42o 10 -- ,..,,e!, Y 0 20 AO' RO' 1•• psi [W201D _ ,r hlf SCELE IN FEET h € .l 98 x48' HRU ,..s:-a "i j �` : ✓i\ "g bE .,mow. OE. iii 1.2 e I".> _Is CYC MERGE �I G LFCL.` ',:! T 25 W LEFT .. PP E! eF R {FS ..: L. IC fly o L . MPH. .,. „ , , w1. y, ` . # 1 DOUBIF ARROW W L_* lir.:l w n .•- PANEL ]h ;.. 0 C= .. GREENWOOD OR a a L \\ '� 2 IM.. ~ Wit^, S ..r / ls. Q W ' .§ fa l R2 `• � • _ao n- a im e .- f.. `yr,/'. ` 4k 1 SIDEWALK l ` O I CIIANNLLON..DICUMS CLOSED �� A�� �� ' 24"xt2" ,41Ie ' rtv...z.... 7 .I 1 �Jb 444 62 3,5 ®' l20' In 200' C •- . ROAD 1'!`FT'S 4/LI x T F WORK V U o, 3 ,_S ... AHEAD O TRAFFIC 0C'ONTROL PLAN-PHASE 1 C4WR"20008D'l /1I/ R i�I '--W r r -_ a; > r ti o t . rca c� Q v .. ROAD �J .o-.....,.g4 '' DCM4 k WORK I d ;,AHEAD It ' CW20-10 .:p\ 48 48" Z W - r y., Q Z Z 3 g a a I� GREENWOOD DR. a H O 2 S v 0- _ F t— -i. - NOTES: e I'll ,1('I:k 8 Z 1. REFER TO SHEET 2FOR iMFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING `o oy LI-I F �� � _,^ - - ,, SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. W ° Ell 2 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND 48"x30" PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS _ REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE '',3:5 SHEET 7 of 35 ... �.>.. I. INDICATED ON PLANS. RECORD ORAIIVIG NO. 2 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 1 3. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACINGOFCHANNELIZINGDRUMS ''l I STR— SCALE: 1^=4O' AND TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. L P *0 CRY PRT ICS/19078A DOIe p 9. 2019-s450+ use g isle gels,R.o.�ngz,Vv-GVR-vI-i[r'-Ol.0 9 - Exhibit A • CONSULTANT'S SHEET No. Fes. , ,,, %„,,,. r FM PROJECT.COR19537e , • •, ...-..1 ', , ' It • WORK r, ROAD WORN :ay*,..:.. WORK AHEAD n .t"�A ROAD WORK 3 t;`�'L o II F G20.7a r G20 7a AYE, e ”' '2«; 48"x24" 9'�.^r^r�.".-"3 (2•x24" • 'p • \44q.00 '6 g C1V20-1D CW20-10 �r , a..AAA��� s /d"t 1 48'z08" +"` iacg 48"48" + .. +-..w�{ r V 'F44r,•,y Y. .+ Fi ,� I a w+ “ 7 359' "' I NN'•K @1 e rii, `: x,41 \., �i i�M.' � : ,.., , All I 1 1 I 1 0 10.0&. ....', -.441.1 1----4. ' •• • 3 o ' ,r.L, ---� I', 1' s: nn r . END " =:— ""'BARRIER SYSTEM A8SOR0 Jsl, _ v 0 Y �'1. ne ROAD WORK CRASH CUSHION 135111 W �u Lil p t w pp . (ABSORB.I3) �' �_h F— /:'.4-9 -e� .w :-. ... �. flARflIEPGUARD 8005Y5TEM(380 LF) 2 �HlIM51-', ��7• y N1+^r 4`0. _," -9. (T%.DOT LIARRIERGUAPQ191 - • _ `I_ _ 3 I§11,/,m¢` Ineuropm & fff Mi Fm/ IAl 10F■■1 ., ... + J F- u CC CI lie ./77.1Z �� — ---1-_—.1. : ti nM. �� 1 L Z N j v ' 6MRIERGUMDBOO SYSTEM(780LF)LA,_, __, ". .� — _+ __ CL 'II a Q c a ,.. r AND(TX-ANOT HO RED 1'MIIFF.FR INSTALLED — III O W LV _ AND ANCHORED 1'MIN.FROM EDGELINE 'g }T - OF SNOUIDEP - — U V~0- :..:... —_.•^-• - ..-C1ANNEl121NG DRUMS I- 0 W , SOUTH PADRE/SL4NO DRIVE/SN358) Er 130'O.C.(TOP.) __ — — _ — _ _ (FOR LANE CLOSURE SEE SHEET 2) Mb >' Y __ ... — _ — __ — _. 6 0 _ I. w _. ...., :s ,C' ' b oFr.Rnr,+r a ACCESS ROAD ROAD < Z n, _ p , `" l .......... _ --.r,+...ww•.nwr.•ra.+- : AHED i A • d 4„,..:,:-.2,*"V.,'..', ' ? A f.,.1.4'1' "...V...'4.-: k�', 27 s ..r 7, a w O. \ t A. ». , Ca�n % ,N r� 1L K 4 e 'i < H w Ci TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 2 w p< I SCALE: 1"=40' i N t'..))1 < LL SPECIAL NOTE: 1 - < Q 5_ p tr YE�4 CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY TKDOT AREA ENGINEER AND THE CITY TRAFFIC - F' � a'4 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY LANE NOTES: f„.._ 0 CHANGES OR LANE CLOSURES AND A 2 WEEKS ADVANCE NOTICE PRIOR TO •• Z Arg TRANSITIONING FROM TCP PHASE I TO PHASE 2. 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING g UJ i. SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. g i LLl o 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING ANDl F 3 n PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS o M REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE o 3,1+R INDICATED ON PLANS, ma.. SHEET 8 0l 35 _ RECORD MARINO 1W. 900r 3. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING OF CNANNELIZING DRUMS H 1ST R— 1.L AND TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. 0 20' 40' 80' I V o SCALE IN FEET Ho CRY PROJECT/190713A c� Dna,Oct 02. 2019-114pn user op See:N\6\YrewVps\Vp-GpP-PL-TCP-02A, Exhibit A CONSULTANT'S SHEET No. ••1 , - -' __N'' ;_ , FM PROJECT COR19537M1 END o ' ROAD WORK i 1Mt' y s. `a;E'L�F 4P1Q4 �1 .. , W itlS r I� µ n �Sl w. t� ..,' .�:.. t ,111116.42a. ! CW1-60 4• _ ogW '' , �. . .Y y s , ROAD C h 5, ,,,.. ' _ $ '4 ....Q 11 " ROAD JRA MEAD x CLOSED ` P011 1 } MN CHANNFIITINC 1 M5 0 CHANNEL(ING DRUMS kilipos 1 , I{ _ R312 @ 50'0.C.(TY'P.1 CW20.10 , C Q 'HBe^"'4 .= Jet IIYI 48'x30" r■ CN321 'P ' roi1 i e 0o i W .ICC ESS ROAD^ - - .- .2: .��. iie aiii� a _- - 7,7,7;7._ �� MY 2 1�_ - -_ -- -_ __ __ - _ < r ; p ^ aA � •�•-� -. _.. Min — — N ;1:1,.... A ROSSINIi 1 1 RAMI CHANNELIZING DRUMS SEE PHASE EA RAMP alb, a —....... ... @ ZO'O.c.RYP.) .� CLOSURE DETAIL • "' m_� e IW — „.''°— -BARRIER SYSTEM ABSORB 3S0 ”' — — _ _ CHANNELIZING DRUMS I, - Z _ — CRASH CUSHION(35 LFI — — — — — _ @130'O.C.(TYP.1 k U.I t4 — i J (ABSORB'13) — _ — — _. - ._.. N .:" _ Z I= L In _ -* LaosEDE SOUTNPADRE/SLANO DRI E/SN358/ p 2 o 4 _ .. ^� MU (FOR LANE CLOSURE SEE SHEET I/ M = to Q — — _ — — — — — — — — — — — — I— U 48"048 • M ,. ; e«, -. _.... ARROW SHING N 4311111 aNW - ' PANEL III P k U 0 IY// r, r ACCESSROAD --- ^�'" I$ — _ ,. _Ai _ — — . _ _ — g ~ o "' U • CHANNELIZING DRUMS I� F;' — o • P • Q fill n Q 19 - w ¢ .. (1 orl IX 1 i O,. .vA,, .' < 4.1 h 1 ° fX -i � �. 36r TAPER a Q a * OTRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 2 2w ZO N SCALE: 1"=40' d H U C9 cm 1 SPECIAL NOTE: Q LL=a 32 0" - _0 CONTRA00.SHALL NOTIFY TXDDT AREA ENGINEER ANO THE CITYace A�CEcS ROAD rj <-7 *. CONTRACTOR TRAFFIC ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TOe 0 1- ,053 y- ! .. °MAKING ANY LANE CHANGES OR LANE CLOSURES ANDA 2WEEKS NOTES: 3 o • �. W. �� ADVANCE NOTICEPRI00.TO TRANSITIONING FROM TCP PHASE iTO Z F PHASE 2. 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING ON-RAMP48"X413. SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. - W ct • _' / RAMP 2 2g 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND o 'L ° �' a 62 PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC MOTORS)IS 5 5 y CHANNEUZINGDRUMS REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE Iv SHEET 9 0/ 35 a '� RAMP V I INDICATED ON PLANS `CLOSED1 @20 o.c MP.) NOTE: _ RECORD ORARLNO NO. TRAFFIC CONTROL PHASE 2A 3. CONTRACTOR MUSTADIUSTSPACINGOFCHANNELIZINGDRUMS STR- ani 481%30. OA TEMPORARY NIGHTTIME RAMP CLOSURE *THESE SIGNS iO BE REMOVED OR COVERED AND TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. 0 20' 40' B0' C Ple SCALE:1",29, DURING RAMP CLOSURE. I . SCALE IN FEET kc, CITY PROJECT/?ROM Dole:Oct 07 2019-315q, Use a 0,0 NSf0Sn.owe^9s\UU-cv11-P0-TCP-O2°,9 Exhibit A CONSULTANT'S SHEET No. L.M (2)20 LF TYPE 2 IOW PROFILE °• FM PROJECT COR19537• BARRIERS(PRECAST)W/ (qL- "°R/ Re 1 m At FLEXIBLE DELINEATORS 4 4 2SD' )( v . 29 a� T7 ,. e 121 ED LF TYPE 1 LOW PROFILE II �, —_ r' J • ••1E O'j€ BARRIERS(PRECAST)W/ ,. Q ---- . I J// _ R. M; FLEXIBLE DELINEATORS Q WZPM REMOVE aT O -• - 1 I O ' . I4 NY)DOTTED LINE ( -`j T Ti ( SIDEWALK . - „ p I Z SEGMENT ,� ht ^ CLOSED 2.CAP • 4 I,"� "f{m c• B iiiik CHANNELIZING DRUMS .:„ t I ' 2 no y E Qd 300.C.ITYP.) X99 I (I ,W WZPM DOM M DE L. n Aft JQ ¢ Z4"X12' CMANNEu1IN„ !�1 1 h' I41lW1 DDTTED HNI "" v. 9 •(10MS C.IIVI'� I SI!,MINI ' �' SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 " nP •�••�• SHF ETI k CHANNELIZING DRUMS • • `,��;�;�y�,�w @zs'oc(Tvv)� rvPEe FLAs11INc, �ikj y l E TTTrA1L / ...yy��..� 1 a PA EI w .... - .••91u79U�•.....,•y DU PANEIRD 1 �� •) Es'a F • .S N - - - - - - - - - `i� AI L • AIR _ h Lo a 1>0 1 _ (1)20 LF TYPE 2 LOW PROFILE N g6mtR 1Vu12K BARRIERS(PRECAST)W/ 2 nIILAD11 111XIBIFDELINEATORS LI.1 CHANNELIZING DRUMS ,; r 1 •1 riff I� NIIIIIIIU[ Vr — 3_, d- l•r " " _ .@1300C(TY'P) —+ "i 11 (1)2001E I YPE 1 TOW PROFILE — 1 _ J T7 35 l 1 1 [FARRIElEXIFF ELiNATORS _ .,� — — — — - W W 1 NFXII3LE DEIINFATORS --` ZVT V 2 .: M.P.H. 1 I .s' SOUTHPAOREISLAND DRIVE/SN358) CHANNEIRING DRUMS. — —= h U .\ i 1 ^"ter /FOR LANECiOSURFSFESNEET 7/ t;•GS O.c.(Trv.l =ci U CW331 Q I — 24"24' Pn.', ^WZPMREMOV .-wwl., _ — — _ — — .rrl 1 . a ,2-;,,,,,,,,,„,L, - e ,.. I I W/RPM'S _ _ .. • r . Ln W v�.. c� 1 HrHor A 15101 A . . .'� Q = ', E WZPM REMOVE k°g ^, r,,�, �,, , - h4 N �h W 2 ROAD F t. WWII DOTTED UNE �,. � w ,w.. UI- J�I` 2'SCGM[Ni - CLOSED j /, �?A _ 2 ] I (f If 2'cnP a C N39 1 ; C W IF TASTE R11.2 _ a T .._�: ›' r / • • • • '"T� `�, P // --, ,. .l ACCESSROAO H E U E. 1 'CHANNELI]N, -.1. FWPLK . _ >fr 'to ,. a EXISTSIGNS LANE DESIGNATION e ."@35•OC ow LOSEO 1t �j W SIGNS TO BE COVERED - .. u (,_ X9-9 I Wig ROAD _ Z ...Y a. 24'x AL WORK Z SEE GENERAL NOTE IT' /'� 11 AHEAD AHEAD .. A t r, i .. i... . i I 4x W' ...I SHEE 1 192'TAPER C 193 . 20-]D - n W I+•I�_�TA I CW Aa I :lvi�fi •4R. P 5 Q H W Oi TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 2 w Z a SCALE: 1"=40' NOTES: 0 N L „)a } Q U � 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING LL SPECIAL NOTE: SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. H Q K { CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY TXDOT AREA ENGINEER AND THE CITY TRAFFIC ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AT LEAST]Z HOURS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY LANE _ W Z. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND _ o Er CHANGES OR LANE CLOSURES AND A 2 WEEKS ADVANCE NOTICE PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS 3 REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE 4 Z .- TRANSITIONING FROM TCP PHASE L TO PHASE Z.i� INDICATED ON PLANS. t _ W o L. 3. UNE DESIGNATION SIGNS ON MAST ARMS TO BE COVERED OR U' g •E •ED. ..!ti 4•3n o• 4. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING OF CHANNELIZING DRUMS VI Sa? SHEET 10 of 35 rye- AND TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. w- °17-,9: _ RECORD DRAWING NO. m17 STR— ��r 0 2D R0 z 11%. 1 SCALE IN FEET 'B. CITY PROJECT/19078A 0� Dole Det 02. 2019-Ti6Pn D••.:•. En• NV^n.'•....vVv-cvo-PL-rep-ox.4.. Exhibit A CONSULTANT'S SHEET No• . r RR PRQIECT.C0R195J7• ., ,,,r, .,.‘ (1,,, .,,,, ,. rt 5:'. ROAD F 4 . i al WORK _ f 4 a gW LEFT LANE q' A d CLOSED •,_- AHEAD } c ,_. �yy ,� Y CLOSED AHEAD • .+ .,1aM/ J d • EAD All4,1 CW2010 ro" LFPy E ,� 48"x48" 4 RY t I.SDi r • CW20-SDL T, 4K '"".�" 35 1 rt wt 1i�"`. .,I .. _ 1. ila.,,, �. o - Ny • • ,.,.._ -- — — S • y. Z ,, CHANNELIZING— DRUMS- -- 17. .�- -. - - - .. - -- _- __ -- - -. - - J <'_F- @ss'o.c.ITroJ TYPE B FLASHING SOUTH PADRE/SLAND DR/VE ISM 358) __.. ... IZ- 2 _ -« _-• .. ^• ARROW PANEL /FOR LANE CLOSURE SEE SHEET 21 .. F I- c -- - - - -- - - - - - -- - - - -- ..- - -'- - -- U c 1. .wr.x V) c b.. ._...... ..._.. ,..... ..<.. C) 0 y,._ C a ACCESS ROAD E > E C C> o a E Cc • . Z .......1 ^a a 1-L., CD TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 2 - w p a I SCALE: 1"=40' I- U d n u Q 3 3 SPECIAL NOTE: 5- NOTES: pc, , CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY TXDOT AREA ENGINEER AND THE CITY TRAFFIC REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING 1 - 0 I- ry ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY LANE � . _! CHANGES 0R LANE CLOSURES AND A 2 WEEKS ADVANCE NOTICE PRIOR TO SIGNAGE,PIAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. F..S' Z �xg TRANSITIONING FROM TCP PHASE LTO PHASE Z. .oS lAJ 'gr, 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND _2g Cc PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS CC 2 REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE 4g 21 INDICATED ON PLANS. t - -h ma SHEET 11 of 35 3. LANE DESIGNATION SIGNS ON MAST ARMS TO BE COVERED OR .. RECORD°RAIIIA'C NO Am REMOVED. 711 SIR— a ni 4. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING OF CHANNELIZING DRUMS 0 20 40 VO' J Vi. AND TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. SCALE IN FEET o CITY PROJECT IOD78A JVo O.L.:Oct 02. 2019-GIlD" Oe.F:e9 F., .VFSOr..Uo,NAA-DVB-PL-TCP-02.4.9 Exhibit A . . + CONSULTNITS SNEET ND ROAD WORKEND 1JI r'� '. IIrL �r__w..;� QHRUMERGE , 4: °: W(PM R ,t F�,-LEFT s" 14)IW) Nk -2 SEGM _: .:-..F,. ..,,M. 12'GAP8 �. `w4.36c. Q �• . i Ifl•••® Y36'x36"' W2PM REMOV , I Itt` it .. : F c» 14")(YI DOTTED UrvI O W o 25 CW20•SDR "' WZPM RI MOV 2'SEGMENT C 0 D I1,41Sto4 a/` �~�, t 11 rLD OR1J 2.3D x30 WG'M RIE OVD) \�'14(YM NEMOV CW13-1 Y 1 1 CW121* •, T 11 W/RPM•5 t:p Lo Z Pza.. 48"x48' • ~� W"IIOBLI(YI(SIDI Z ' IS -I N z GREENWOOD DR , -- - .,---_--,-- < i u m 4111111111.111: ‘, ..„,,„-Liiria, _ ................ • •,•.'�'. ••.,. •• •• •• •-sem", .''�"! ,I r` �' cV 5 g.6 INA S M•• f W/y} + p� 121]OIL YI'1)IOW PIIUIIIL iir. E ,_ LF1YPf 1LOW PROF( `• m mksSC 02 N'(I/IN,II)NUMS III%I IIIE DELINEATORS I FIEXIBIF DELIN aIfANRIINSIDRECA5i1W/ I �.BARRIERS(PRI-CAST)WI I� ` ♦, CIIANNLI IIIN lIMS �`_� DELINEATORS 1' l 4, •. r 60 0(IV I : �� :: . i . -- (2)60 Li TYPE 1 Law PROFILE 5 TYPE A(LASHINT • fiL BARB • ERS(PRECAST/W/ ` �;_ PROFILE, (J # - _ , BARRIRSE(PRECAST)W/2 LOW I ii If rll ~ tn Z ARROW PANEL 48 INXBIE DEHNENEAFT'"OR$ ° ll s • ". ++-."H"EI CHANNELILNG DRUMS,. • FLEXIBLE DELINEATORS CM 180•TAPER ilk leo- leG nurT Ln . (810'O.G.hYP l n''.. � E -'-' � 2 1.14 . 4 • ✓M. - ,.}3.._ _..-.ri �' - .-...... .. s_ ROAD ,,r• • I CLO,FD ., ,., , 0 A SPECIAL NOTE: Oi TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 2 WOREn REF+ j 0 A CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY AREA ENGINEER AND THE CITY TRAFFIC ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Al SCALE: 1"=40' 40"x3U" (l/J��FN.^�WI Q C LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY LANE CHANGES OR(ANE CLOSURES AND A 2 WEEKS ADVANCE CW20.I1, \iillii Q W i NOTICE PRIOR TO TRANSITIONING FROM TCP PHASE LTO PHASE 2. 48"x48" U I-._O _ _. ., Ill l2 r CO `� C + ROAD y +y y II V .... . _. 4k C CLOSED RDAD O H11-2 '- • LEFT UNE WF1SC It_ 48"x30• tT CLO Ar88A0D AHEAD l-/ 6 x _ ROAD C4W20-1D Q ;WIDM REMOV CLOSED `,. ,�a CW20-SDL D. Q �(4")('/)OOHED LINE Fs ¢t 48x48 8"x48" y j W 2.SEGMENT P11-2 E d' 2'GAP . © M .. nT 25 W 48"x30" -- _. MFH Z Z cwu l y — �� 5 J Allipppr, trv` ✓='*" Iiii �. • ""BARRIERS(PRI - _ 20LF l 144 III PE DI I I%ILLI I Al 144 J -11/ LS a -I. M `, GREENWOOD OR N p 8 ,_ _ .f Ria "•saE�arwM•s' o �Mil / O I- Illir ?� `_ Y ROAD [I AN`1 /NE ll1 Ml '4: c . Q a b" I .. L (I12'Lr.OYP.I NOTES: Yp, 'l, WORK END IS 3 n; a AHEAD EAD 1214 II ON 11144,1101111 '''.A U •� - - .x,„ BANIif NS IFN(EAtII W/ I. REFER TO SHEET FOR TMFFICCONTROL ADVANCE WARNING ROADWORK oos w x. t ��.8 - p.' FIE%RIE FI L INEATORS SIGNAGE,PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. 020-7a C boa W i E� II ! CW20-1D , CW20A5DL 48"x24" _-e W .1 48"X48" 4R x4e" 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND 0 c ". �YG ''."]- PLACEMENT OF WORE ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS Ori 4' ry 120' 7G Yzh 120' 110' - 1A0'TAPER 100REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE //�\ 9 • tc il"R I • - SIDEWALK .« M.P.H. ~ I .DI :ED• P S ( Y Iii SHEET 12 0/ 35 ROAD CLOSED CW13-1 Rt 3. LANE DESIGNATION SIGNS ON MAST ARMS TO BE COVERED OR RECORD ORAMMAC NO. n CLOSED 24"x24. REM•VED 811-2 R9-9 O TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN-PHASE 2 STR— n 40 130" 24"X12" SCALE: 1".40, 0 20' 40' 80' § 4. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING CHANNELIZING DRUMS Se ANDIli TRAFFIC SIGNAGE TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. SCALE IN FEET CITY PROJECT#I9078A Dote.Oct 02. 2019-117pn U•wp PW.N41T\04-•.FD+\VV-GVD-PL-i[P-02d448 Exhibit A CONSULTANT'S SHEET No. SEE TRAFFIC CONTROL PHASE 1 (SHT. 12) FM PROJECT.COR19537 FOR CONTINUATION OF TRAFFIC CONTROL R 111 H.'1111 R API P W C' 8 W 1 * I '4� WLPM REMOV 1 '� ItOnO IYP DEMO,AGORF/ _ CLOSED --- _ nR.Ho" r dr S e r a— CO ct 7 ".� Q. 6 ^ 6 H * wrrMill rluv 7 A.,� �.y I- S E— Z rIVP,III m111 All. Fl /(BRIRYRSII) A .T A Z Z ;Oh En U ..0 N 2 * ROAD 4 ' i N.,... �' 0) L.L N WIL CLOSED •T. qU ._....`. } ,A' T Q LL $ y Q RI12 • ,nL ^11 a •= In _ 48 x30" -.. ��V 1 ,-r -. CL r •6t.- _J V c IJ_ CHANNELIZING DRUMS jj O EP45'0.C.(TIP.) f ` h. 0 0 H O 0 1.8"HDPE PIPE BURIED SIDEWALK —71 }k, Er N C CC O MILSDal,pAcROSSROZY + j� �� SHIRR/OVERTOICLOSLBOIH111110YP1 O O III O W C TRAFFIC LAWS DORM.NIGHTTIME WORK V ; . U Z d0 E� Li_ Li_ Z MSS -_ LIJ IT' W _ _ _ _ _ ,itom .., � _ _ �8P , O z f - alr it... rails CLOSED .„.. :; .,:' .,-.,.. (nLL1 0 g.' ce W ROAD L.L Q Cf) AHORK �I�,� !L W 'Al LF TYPE 2LOW PRODL'r 4 � ima_ �� ° cwzoao II)ARRIERS(PRECAST/w/ = Z 48"x4fl IIIXIRII.BLLINLATORS I — '— — ',R ` ,. Q Z 35 I 110101 ��✓ R3.2 — — — — — —' m ,MPH ` I j 3o^x30" .„ SOUTH PADRE/SLANGOR/l�E/SN358/ SPECIAL NOTE: W O 1 (FOR LANECCOIRISEESNEET 2/ _ DEVICES THAT RE TO BE ~ N l ' _. *INDICATES TRAFFIC CONTROLD ICFS HA A rn 3 Z Z4 24ILI ` j — — INSTALLED DURING NIGHTTIME ROAD CLOSURE,THEN REMOVED - he �� - - . I ) '"S"3W/RPMS2PM MOV - ^Ay - - . - - AND SET BACK TO ITS ORIGINALTCP LAYOUT AFTER NIGHTTIMEN u_0} ,b- IA"IIDR,IVIISLDI' WORK ISCOMPLETED.NIGHTTIME ROAD CLOSURE WILL BE i Q V a. I .. LL101 _ ALLOWED BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 9:00 P.P.M.M.AND 6:00 A.M.OR -R LL P BARRIERS(PRECASII W/ I AS APPROVED BY TODOT AREA ENGINEER. Y3_ FLE%ISLE DELINEATORS 2 • '01 _ `\ 1- a cc a '- �I✓✓_/s - �/ NOTES: _ 0 — SEE TRAFFIC CONTROL PHASE 2(SHT. 12) 3 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING 'AS FOR CONTINUATION OF TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNAGE PUN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. °oL w ;1' W •� Cr Z. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND C.5 PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS `°a,Z ¢° REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE ;_� TRAFFIC CONTROL PHASE 2B INDICATED ON PLANS. A So SHEET 13 of 35 0( TEMPORARY NIGHT TIME CLOSURE RECORD WANING NO. A.Q. 3. LANE DESIGNATION SIGNS ON MAST ARMS TO BE COVERED OR mn SCALE:ISW REMOVED. STR- T,^_n 0 20' 40' BO' L So= 4. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING OFCHANNELIZING DRUMS SCALE IN Do CIV'PROJECT/19078A �w Dot.:Oct 02. 2039-3171r+ User:ep Fib:M\IF\OroxYtpo\VV-GVO-PL-TCP-2PG.p Exhibit A CONSULTANT'S SHEET No. SEE TRAFFIC CONTROL PHASE 2(SHT. 11) F PROJECT:CORI9537 FOR CONTINUATION OF TRAFFIC CONTROL ts 'itif 4 F.1 la �, ... g*naInuoI Nl *I Ir -^� ?�7 # _ Lam!. - is.. Eg I I I II' ' `„," a �'�" I III r .-. ,e at Fy r,ra,wnF.rYL:- �lf SIDEWALK 4 I� I O f,, •.. '.vY/mF•LI•K�. "' �N+ ] , I R99 ""_ 24..512'' L , N, I ,'n u t� �WZPM REMOTA - rF ~ $ - S ti ,114")(Y)DOTTED LINE i u9 ,,Q I .Lr _ J 2.SEGMENT rr.,,K - N J k 21 eq O 1 2'GAP . I. n O 1u -$ 7 0i—II O (10,r041 WIN,0101 ~ Z ym : Alil e.-_, 0� �eTEFroFroco�aA. ` - _ _ ,_ -,,r_ I v 111 • 41I O E` ,-� O O vI v 1- z wy�I. - I ..� L Au _.I1,Anwnou 110 III Q 4 t} 0 Z O \. r ,i i tr. Z — ` _Mlid o LxAJ LFI O 1�� ��` SIDEWALK 0 E L] U Q ROAD CLOSED �i ? o V Z CLOSED I.1 R99 " U Z C m LL 2a°xlz" LL r.-_- ¢ ).- C LI_ H R11 LL O Z 1P4J I I '� te( Z m O SIDEWALK '1ANNLLILING URUMS*SO'O.C.IfYP.) • LL 'O♦ O U CLOSED ROAD - I • SHIFTED OVER TO CLOSE STRAIGHT THRU I— U LU W w R9-9 HEAD ,ij WOK h I ORIGHRAFFI URINGC LANES NIGHTTIMEAND ALWNWO KT TURN r (n W 0 �_ O 21'x_2.• r M W I ' .,�.. „ ('n L1 -• a cwzo-lD ! 1128. - w a ..tAt, , , Z ( 1 ImlI �s i N :+ w oa a r v O �--1 r N U is aSr SEE TRAFFIC CONTROL PHASE 2(SHT.8-9) SPECIAL NOTE: NOTES: 0 A8 FOR CONTINUATION OF TRAFFIC CONTROL *INDICATES TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES THAT ARE TO BE 1. REFER TO SHEET 2 FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL ADVANCE WARNING c'4 La ', INSTALLED DURING NIGHTTIME ROAD CLOSURE,THEN REMOVED SIGNAGE.PLAN,LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. LTU �E.' AND SET BACK TO ITS ORIGINAL TCP LAYOUT AFTER NIGHTTIME - IT C5 WORK IS COMPLETED.NIGHTTIME ROAD CLOSURE WILL BE 2. OBLITERATION OF EXISTING CONFLICTING STRIPING AND - ALLOWED BETWEEN THE HOURS OF 9:00 P.M.AND 6:00 A.M.OR PLACEMENT OF WORK ZONE STRIPING(TRAFFIC BUTTONS)IS a '1:1 AS APPROVED BY OOT AREA ENGINEER. REQUIRED FOR ALL LANE SHIFTS AND TRANSITIONS OR WHERE ;R TRAFFIC CONTROL PHASE 2C TSo' SHEET 14 of 35 O TEMPORARY NIGHT TIME CLOSURE INDICATED ON PLANS. VVE SCALE.t'•30 3. CONTRACTOR MUST ADJUST SPACING OFCHANNELIZINGDRUMSSTR— QnQ AND TRAFFIC TO ALLOW ACCESS TO ALL DRIVEWAYS. 0 20' 00' B0' 11111 qon - SCALE IN FEET ;c, CITY PROJECT/19078A �...o 051.:Oct 02. 2019-GIBE. .....0 FW:N\IF\O...I.0.\VV-GVO-PL-TCP-2C...0 Exhibit A ACO RM 18 29(LOS Tech) User.02293 (C0013154](]N\ST0N0R0\X-PNICC-34TOUc.DWC LAYOUT:Model 6/12/2013 1:38:32 P.M. ETS:1.00 P5115:1 rS d 25 to f M v.' fill r.,,,,. 3 ,; b Y! m 6Wcv1 DNE . { �, 0, a h .q k { yi W. li .in� ' N III\\\ m .p N II Ii �,; K Fel Ifs II—\ / S� o WS m Hi IIPiM 0 li —4z z s �19NF nx b a I AR,sc. Doe la one Inch ooriginal 0 drawing.If not 0n•Inch on this shoat,otlJualacole. RE915NM'N0. aR 1Y DESCPRTDN REAS.00 N0. DOE 6t DESORPTION $ S rr. Z —I § GREENWOOD WASTEWATER MAIN REPAIRet .17218& g - Ili 91}9t 100 N Shveune BSeale •`•.�Fx5'--��1 M _ CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI soon Coro.Christi,RiaTexas A Tr; 70401-3111 v BY-PASS PIPE EMBEDMENT DETAILS TEXAS Phan-MO 561-6500 „- ca ^• I� I� Fox-c36n 561-6501 9-20-2019 Department of Engineering Services T,•m •,„„„F,5 ,-1„9 :; [.•,9'I 19.7" _ 6" 24.5" 14.9"I BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION (BC) STANDARD SHEETS GENERAL NOTES: R• 44 • COLORS, 1. The Barricade and Construction Standard Sheets (BC sneers) are intended FLUORESCENT 4 11 m pp5 to Show typical examples for placement of temporary traffic control R•.17- CS TAY A L E R T 6n BACKGROUND ,e _ devices, construction pavement markings, and typical work zone signs. BLACK • The information contained in these sheets meet or exceed the requirements R,I 1• BORDER AND _�'�-nT Too shown in the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" ITMUTCDI. LEGEND , tr' 1,25'� _ _ :': 2. The development and design of the Traffic Control Plan (TCPIis the R..79" - ORANGE n W.hi responsibility of the Engineer. FLUORESCENT ;� 3. The Contractor may propose changes to the TCP that are signed and sealed BACKGROUND BLACK ` . . G'g bya licensedLEGEND, ao professional engineer for approval. The Engineer may develop, wHI TE BORDER u sign and seal Contractor proposed changes. AND SYMBOL • „, - 1.25' .. 'L ll tirL 4. The Contractor is responsible for installing and maintaining the traffic BLACK \�( LI control devices as shown in the plans. The Contractor may not move or change .75-+ - /� `. the approximpte location of any device without the approval of the Engineer. TALK OR TEXT LATER �Fo , F„b 5. Geometric design of lane shifts and detours should, when possible, meet the WHITE -8.e applicable design criteria contained in manuals such as the American T So Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), 7411 O d O y 20" I 20" 2g- .."A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets," the TxDOT "Roadway Jt Design Manual" or engineering judgment. m al O O O 3.51 12- ..12.81::.1..42.0.: I.61�.7�2.1- I I,7•-12.8; 14.6" -31." PRb 6. When projects abut, the Engineer(s) may omit the END ROAD WORK, TRAFFIC °l1l O O O ... 60 aXF FINES DOUBLE, and other advance warning signs if the signing would be 4q redundant and the work areas appear continuous to the motorists. If the !wW11 3.0.Rodi ua, 1.25'Border, 0.75' Indent, Block on Yellow; F"� adjacent project is completed first, the Contractor shall erect the m MI O O O _ (STAY ALERT]Font, 0 •8� necessary warning signs os shown on these sheets, the TCP sheets or os 1 _ 3.0"Radius, 1.25"Border, 0.75' Inden., Block on Orange; & b directed by the Engineer. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES sign shal l be \ - (TALK OR TEXT LATER]Font, C specified le,q♦ni ▪ W revised to show appropriate work zone distance. I.K8•.67"I.68")67"1.68- 4t$.�F 7. The Engineer may require duplicate warning signs on the median side of -I I 1 - divided highways where median width will permit and traffic volumes •71" I" 6.38' 1• 4.-.71' ago justify the signing. 8.38• .ob 8. All signs shall be constructed in accordance with the details found in the O 0 "Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas," latest edition. Sign details 9' not shown in this manual shall be shown in the plans or the Engineer shall ✓• a provide a detail to the Contractor before the sign is manufactured. SIGN DETAIL (G20-1OT) aE••i U €' 9. The temporary traffic control devices shown in the illustrations of the E ro BC sheets are examples. As necessary, the Engineer will determine the most appropriate traffic control devices to be used. 10. As shown on BC(21, the OBEY WARNING SIGNS STATE LAW sign, STAY ALERT TALK OR TEXT LATER (see Sign Detail 620-10T) and the WORK ZONE TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE Only pre-qualified products shall be used. The "Compliant Work Zone sign with plaque shall be erected in ativonce of the CSJ limits. However, Traffic Control Devices List" (CWZTCD) describes pre-qualified products the TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE sign will not be required on projects consisting solely of mobile operation work, such as striping or milling edgeline rumble and their sources and may be found on-line at the web address given strips. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES, CONTRACTOR and END ROAD WORK signs below or by contacting: shall be erected at or near the CSJ limits. Texas Deportment of Transportation II. Except for devices required by Note 10, traffic control devices should Traffic Operations Division - TE be in place only while work is actually in progress or a definite need Phone (512) 416-3118 exists. 12. The Engineer has the final decision on the location of all traffic control devices. SHEET 1 OF 12 THE DOCUMENTS BELOW CAN BE FOUND ON-LINE AT ��• OIOU0 13. Inactive equipment and work vehicles, including workers' private vehicles new, Terse De•rtment of 7Mn•ortetlon DNbloe must be parked away from travel lanes. They should be as close to the http://www.txdat.gav P P snnd•rd right-of-way line as possible, or located behind a barrier or guardrail, or as approved by the Engineer. COMPLIANT WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES LIST (CWZTCD) DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (DMS) BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION WORKER SAFETY APPAREL NOTES: MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST (MPL) GENERAL NOTES I. Workers on foot who are exposed to traffic or to construction equipment ROADWAY DESIGN MANUAL - SEE "MANUALS (ONLINE MANUALS)" AND REQUIREMENTS within the right-of-way shah wear high-visibility safety apparel meeting STANDARD HIGHWAY SIGN DESIGNS FOR TEXAS (SHSD) the requirements of ISEA "American National Standard for High-Visibility BC I I I-14 Apparel," or equivalent revisions, and labeled as ANSI 107-2004 standard TEXAS MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (TMUTCD) 1 , o+ TKDOT jc.TMroT� TOOT I10.7001performance for Class 2 or 3 risk exposure. Class 3 garments should be TRAFFIC ENGINEERING STANDARD SHEETS O7. ..14.d..,'14.ddWm DOT So2002 w„ •n ,c, .,e0 considered for high traffic volume work areas or night time work. 1" 4.07 S-108.14 uu, mkn - 9.0T 7.13 WA g,.... I »i cAni H TYPICAL LOCATION OF CROSSROAD SIGNS T-INTERSECTION TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGN SIZE AND SPACING'' ROAD WORK ROAD BMD ISMS WORK ROAD WORK ROAD WORK SPACING 020-7 ENO ,L \ (*Xi X MILES Cw AHEAD WX1 X YILES b G20-I01L ex NEXT x MILES SIZE RMD WmK IOptioal G20•IDTR 4 �x4 �`i5 ass Nota G20-tai CW20-ID ee \ I and 41 / x I Sign Conventional'ExDresswoY/ Poateo Sign A // INTERSECTED I Block-City Number y Speed SDOCinO J a 1000'-1500'-HwY Road Freeway ° • • ROADWAY X 1000'-1580' -Hwy '> I Blocs••City or Series 6`...;) emCROSSROAD k X X x N//tee - - CW20. MPH (Appex.I 2 5 x X e X G20-5aP WORK / 80' 0� Limit G20-5o' IDNE CW22 48" x 48" 48" x 48"CSJ 30 20 DONE •.: f ) \ I' TRAFFIC 020.5T ROAD CWORK min. / R2o-v CW23 35 160 IRA IC ROAD p20-51 FINES CO K NILES oioiINfS CW25 40 240 °_g WORK ROAD WORK \ 45 320 em NEXT X SIXES DOUBLE me DOUBLE ii AHEAD MEXI XNILES O \ --i. 020-6T '' / R20-SafP� CW7, CW2, 50 400 END P20-S°1Pr CW20-ID G20-tai 1001 anal 020-I pOAD Wax CW7, CWe, 36" x 36" 48" x 48" tintsee Note aawl a / CW9, LWI1, 55 5002 and 41EROAD % CWI4 60 6002 oc°g Wy be mounted on bock of'ROAD WORK AHEAD-ICW20-10)sign with approve]of Engineer. G20-2 CW3, CW4, 65 7002 'y�]o (See note 2 below) CW5, CW6, 48" x 48" 48" x 48" 70 8002 g..k I. The typical minilnsn signing an a crossroad operant.should be a'ROAD WORK AHEAD" ICW20•IDlsign ma a CSJ LIMITS AT T-INTERSECTION Cw8-3, 75 9002 F°« 1020.2) 'END ROAD WORK'sign,unless noted otherwise in pians. CW10, CW12 80 10002 wS u 2. The Engineer may use the reduced size 36'x 36'ROAD WORK AHEAD(CW20.10)sign notated Dock to bock I. The Engineer will determine the types eta location of any additional traffic control devices, y with the reduced size 36'x 18"'END ROAD 101K.(620.21 sign on low volawh re crossroads(see Note 4 under such as a flogger and accompanying signs, or other signs, that should be used en work is * * 'Typical Construction Warning Sign Size and Spacing'). See the'Standard Hlg way Sign Designs for being performed at or near an Intersection. 0~u texas-manual for sign details. The Engineer may unit the oavmce warning signs on low volute in the oda. The Engineer will determine whether o road is low volume. This infamotion shall be shown 2. If construction closes the rood at d T-intersection the Contractor mall place the"CONTRACTOR w For typical sign spacings m divided highways,expressways and freeway., FYm see Part 6 or tile Tenn Manual m Uniform Traffic Control Device.' in ed plans. TheNAME"1020-6T) sign behind0 the Typ3 Barr lcgtle9 for the rood closure (bee BLIT()) 01801. yp application diagrams or TCP Standard Sheets. >,liF 3. Weed on existing field conditions, the Engineer/Inspector may rewire anitional signs such as FLAGGER The"ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES" left a ow IG20-IbTLI and"ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES"right arrow ITWIC01 typical 34K AHEAD, LOOSE GRAVEL,or other apprvmiote signs.When additional signs me rewired, these signs will (620-1 DTR)` signs shall be replaced rby the detour Signing cal led for in the Diana. SS be considered pmt of the minimum requirements. The Engineer/Inspector will determine the proper a Minimum distance from work area to first Advance Warning sign nearest the location and wooing of my sign not shorn on the BC sheets, Troll is Control Plan meets or the Work work area and/or distance between each odditimol Sign. $S Ione Standard Snots. q 4. The'ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES'(020-loll sign shall be rewired at nigh volume croaero°aa to advise GENERAL NOTES -Zb motorists of the length of construction in either direction from the intersection. The Engineer 1. Special a lager size signs nay De use°09 necesse'y. --- -° will determine whether a roadway is considered high volume. 5. Additional trail i°control devices mer be ah°wn elsewhere In the plans for higher volute crossroads. 2. Distance between signs should be increased as required to now 1500 feet 0'i 6.When work Occurs in the intersection area,appromiate traffic control devices,as shown elmesttere in advance warning. the clans or as determined by the Engineer/Inspector, shall be in place. .4No 3. Distoae between signs should be increased os required to have 1/2 mile WORK AREAS IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS WITHIN CSJ LIMITS SAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING AT THE CSJ LIMITS or more adveae warning. Tv V LW-9TP** BEc1N 4. 36'x 36''ROAD WORK AHEAD' ICe20-IDlsigns may De used on low volute -mag * SPEED Nm8 crossroads at the discretion of the Engineer.See Note 2 under"Typical F' BEGIN SONE STAY ALERT DO ROAD LIMIT IRM11L OBEY Location a1 Crossroad Sign.'. gww **G20-Si ROAD WORK NOT WORK 820-5188 FINN, WARNING 1(X1 X YILES CIII-4L ?0e1 PASS AHEAD X X DOUBLE � I Sled 5.Only almond shaped warning sign sizes me indicated. „ P. CW20-1D ROAD °paper late) - STATE LAW 13 "p ROAD WORK <>1,1-4R **620•61 CW13-IP® CW20-10 **R2-1 R2o-Sa7P*8 RLR ON=LARl1 fi. See sign.iZe listing in'iWTCD', Siryt Appendix sr the'Standard Highway WORK W ARE: wsls O G20-101** R20-3188Sign Winans complete list of available sign design AHEAD Desi a for iexoe'namdl for c luxise AHEAD ® sizes. 3% / Wm C1113-111 Type 3 Izing pee or fir\ x % % X % x N IF A .. CW20-ID Glovmliztng Devices \li 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 _viw ���. dtA a LEGEND a C. 'RD' Type 3 Borr scads t {J WORK I .• O O 0 Cnamel]zing Devices SPa[E ▪ Beginning of SPEED END_ NO-PASSING R2-1 LIMIT O i Sign 14.---.....1 3% CDhhor�et ulna CSJ Limit/.'''',..1YENO line stoul7 eORK LONE G20-2b1* I RDAD D coordinate O X X See Typical Construction When extended distances occur between minimal work spaces, the Engineer/Inspector should ensure odditionol I with sign Horning Sign Size and "ROAD WORK AHEAD"(CW20-ID)signs are placed in odvonoe of these work areas to remind drivers they ore still 820-2 8* location NOTES X Spacing chort or the within the project limits. See the Opel icocle TCP sheets for exact location and spacing of signs and TMUTCD for sign Oharwlelizing devices. The Contr°at0r shall determine the appropriate distence Spacing requirements. SAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING DOWNSTREAM OF THE CSJ LIMITS to be placed on the G20-1 series signs on°'BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES"(020-ST)sign for each specific project. **C20-5°P WORK SHEET 2 OF 12 k M anis distance anal] replace the "%' dna shall be rounded zONE STAY ALERT Engineer.*❑ B GIN SPEED OBEY t0 dee decimals whole mi with the approval of ins En .ratio [� **G20-51 ROAD WORK TRAFFIC WARNING NO sec irtals Shall be used. • Operations Traffk ROAD \t ROAD ROAD MAT5*RFs LIMIT **R20-51 FINES 0-'.) SIGNS ,TexesDspertmenfolThnaportetlon Sfe"n'd'�rd CLOSED WIT 2 11 WOR N WORK �/�/ DOUBLE. STATE LAW * The "BEGIN WORK ZONE"(020-9TP) and "END WORK ZONE- 1020-2511 — - --.. — CW1.4L AHEAD is MILE X/� TA" TUT IAIEN O C **R2o-SOTP shell be used 08 shown on the sample layout when advance I CW1.6 Bo�icode or sex [1120-10 G20-fii �n **172-1 ▪ GIO-l0i R2o-]7 signs are required Outside the CSJ LMite. They inform the [WIl-IP CM20•IE chancel lying ** ** motorist°`entering or leaving a parr°i the work:ane BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION devices lying outside the CSJ Limits where traffic fines may double \ / r wrz �+ x N, x N,1 , z _4 x �_ x� z 4 it workers ars present. PROJECT LIMIT \ ' ** FINES CSJ Limit signing. See Note (0 on BC(l). TRAFFIC \14 I FINES tingDOUBLEs signs will not pe required on projects i.,\,::://&'''''''"- I a consisting solely of mobile operations work. 4 Cnannel izinq 4----CSJ Limit ., Area for plocement Of "ROAD WORK AHEAD" ICW20-IDi Sign nuG BC(2) -14 Devices I and other Signe Or devices as called for on the Traffic DC-14.dr wv DOH low TwooTImm TaPDT Ism TIOOT s RD-I Control Plan. fF1 SPEED ®ixOOT Smelter 2001 car vcr ,a Nlmr. �CE p ROAUNIBIORx/ LIMIT O O Contractor will install a regulatory speed I]mit sign at urn war mann ''';'7"*. n to �( the end of the work zone. 9.07 8-14 0151. G20-2** r`X 7-13 1 se17 oLL i se l CXf1101IA TYPICAL APPLICATION OF WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT SIGNS Work zone speed limits shall De regulatory, established in accordance with the "Procedures for Establishing Speed Zones," 68 and approved by the Texas Transportation Commission, or by City Ordinance when within Incorporated City Limits. r€� Reduced speeds should only be posted in the vicinity sg. signing shown for G5J of work activity and not throughout the entire project. Signing shown for one direction only. one direction only. CSJ 500 OC(21 for LIMITS Regulatory work zone speed signs (R2-1) sha l I be removed See BG(z) for LIMITS 2..i smitten'advance additional advance r. signing. or covered during periods when they are not needed. Signing. _g i o I / \ 1_ __ i38` I° I ID ID l''' ID jr ID I° 1') qo .2,,„„t. See General See General 150 < (750' -1500'1 I\ , < Nate 4 > I C See General Note 4> C 1750' - 0'1 , C Note 4 )SI m m A '—‘-c"--------------3' WORK G2o-SOP P;. SPEED WORK ZONE SPEED SPEED o$F LIMIT ZONE G2o-5aP SPEED LIMIT Q WORK WORK LIMIT �� O 112-I (Q SPEED IT LIMIT 0 R2-1 7 0 02-1 O SPEED ZONE G20-taP ZONE G20-SOP 7 O 112.1 LIMIT ogIPcwss (_O R2-I LIMIT nq 'CJ CNl-S O p2.1 O R2-1 5�8. GUIDANCE FOR USE: m`so LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITS GENERAL NOTES yy This type of work zone speed limit should be included on the design of 1. Regulatory work zone speed limits should be used only for sections of construction n g b projects where speed control i5 Of ma jar importance. @n the traffic control plans when restricted geometrics with o lower design Wew speed ore present in the work zone and nodificotion of the geanetrics to 2. Regulatory work zone speed limit signs shall be placed on supports at a 7 foot minimum PF' a higher design speed is not feasible. mounting height. Y o Long/Intermediate Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs, when approved as described 3. Speed zone signs ore illustrated for one direction of travel and are normally posted above, should be posted ond visible to the motorist when work activity is present. for each direction of Troves. Work activity may also be defined os a change in the roadway that requires 4. Frequency of work zone speed limit signs should be: a reduced speed for motorists to safely negotiate the work area, including: 40 mph and greater 0.2 to 2 miles 01 rough road or danoged pavement surface 35 mph and less 0.2 to I mile 01 substantial alteration Of roadway ge:lletrics (diversions) c) construction detours 5. Regulatory speed limit signs shall hove block legend and border on a white reflective dl grade background (See "Reflective Sheeting"on BC(41). el width fl other conditions readily apparent to the driver 6. Fabrication, erection and maintenance of the"ADVANCE SPEED LIMIT"(CW3-5)sign, As long as any of these conditions exist, the work zone speed limit signs "WORK ZONE"(G20-SOP) plaque and the "SPEED LIMIT"(R2-I)signs shall not be paid for should remain in place. directly, but shall be considered subsidiary to Item 502. 7. Turning signs from view, laying signs over or down will not be allowed, unless as SHORT TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITS otherwise noted under "REMOVING OR COVERING" on BC(4). This type of work zone speed limit may be included on the design of 8. SHEET 3 OF 12 the traffic control pions when workers or equipment are not behind concrete Techniques rcet may help reduce traffic speeds include but are not limited to: A. Law enfOrClNpentTraffic . barrier, when work activity is within 10 feet of the traveled way or actually B. Flogger stationed next to sign. opennoennona in the travelled way. C. Portable chongeaD a message sign (PCMS1. ,T xaa Departs entorhanaporteNon shna�rd_ D. Low-power (drone) radar transmitter. Short Term Work Zone Speed Limit signs should be posted and visible to the E. Speed monitor trailers or signs. motorists only when work activity is present. When work activity is not BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION present, signs sholl be removed or covered. 9. Speeds shown on details above ore for illustration only. (See Removing or Covering on BC(41). Work Zone Speed Limits should only be posted as approved for each project. WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT 10.For mare specific guidance concerning the type of work, work zone conditions and factors impacting allowable regulatory construction speed zone reduction see TxDOT form x1204 in the TxDOT e-form system. BCI 3 I -1 4 Do-14.dpn o.ham ino7e00Tlee ta01 In,boat 0:3Ta01 Noo..ter 2002 rat 00t ee .two. MUM. 9-07 B-14 our mum ....... 7.13 1 18 A: I sr I CA11DRH GENERAL NOTES FOR WORK ZONE SIGNS TYPICAL MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR LONG TERM AND INTERMEDIATE TERM SIGNS I. Contractor shall install and maintain signs in o straight ofd plunk condition ona/or es directed by the Engineer. 2. Wooden sign posts shall be painted Mite. 3. Barricades shall NOT be used as sign supports. 12'On I. All sitser shall be Installed in°codona he n ce with the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Signs shall be used to regulate,won, d COAD guide ttraveling public safely through the work z �° I ROAD ROAD 2i' eiROAD WORK / 5. the Controctor moy tumieet either the sign design shown in the plate or in the•Stallard Highway Sign Designs for Te%os• ISHSDI. The MORK MORE minimum' RORK Engineer/Inspector my rewire the Contractor to furnish other work zone signs that ore shown in the TMJTCD but may nave been omitted AHEAD; fro.the plana. Any voriotiee in the plans shall be doomented by written ogreement between the Engineer and the Contractor's fi AHEAD/ 6. AHEAD" ours. ,AHEAD \ Responsible Person.All changes must be documented in writing before being implemented. This con include documenting the changes in the Inspector's Tx00T diary and hoeing both the Inspector and Contractor Initial and dote the agreed upon changes. L. 6. The Contractor shall furnish sign supports listed in the'Coepl iant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List" ICWZTCD1. The Contractor 2«� y g min. 06® I shall Install the sign support accordance with the manufocturer'5 recommendations. If there is a question regarding inetal1st ion b procedures, the Coliractor shallfurnishthe Engineer a copy of the manufacturer's installation recommendations so the Engineer con 21! _ 7.0'min. I ( verify the correct proceares ore being tel 0'-6' 9.0'max, �' 6'or 7.0'min. 7,0'min. 7. The Contractor is responsible for installing signs on approved supports and replacing alone with dateged or crocked smstrafea end/¢ �.5 ^a ✓ 9.0'mon. \ ^'9.0.max• 6.0'min. amaged or morred reflective sheeting as directed by the Engineer/Inspector. .- g'eater B. Identification markings mpg' ` i X� Y may be shown only of the back of the sign substrate. The maxima height Of letters and/Or coreony logos used I I I for identification moll be 1 inch. ego O%/rrrr/rrli - x� POved 9. The Contractor Mall replace daroged rood posts. New or damped Wood sign posts enol(hat be eel iced. XX Paves / h. Ghi5hcn!ri� ", pURAT ION OF WORE lam defined be the'Texas Manuel on Uniform Traffic Control Devices'Port RI im \� ry * I, The types of sign supports, sign mounting hei9h/,the size of signs, deo the type of sign smsrrates can vary ossa on the type o1 c cork being performed. The Engineer is responsible for selecting ins appropriate size sign for the type of work 5 rep performed. The a Contractor is responsible for ensuring the sign support, sign moulting height and substrate meets mmoufactmer'S recommendations in c x ren placing skid supports an onlevel ground, the leg post Iengens roust u adjusted so the sign appears straight end plumb. regard to c osnwormiheaS cod statin of rank requirements. a. Moo-term stationary-work that occupies o hocatim more than 3 days. E�mye objects shall NOT be placed under skips OS a neons of leveling. b. Intermediate-term stationary-work that occupies a location mare than one daylight period up to 3 days,or nipatime work lasting LiOa: *ft When plaques ore placed on dal-leg supports, they should be attached to the upright nearest the travel lone. mare Moon ale hour. mow Supplemental plagues(advisory or distance,should not Cover the surface of the parent sign. c. Short-term stationary-daytime work that Occupies a location for more than 1 hour Ina mingle daylight period. O. Short, axonal-work that occupies a location up to I hour. e. Mobile-wok that moves continuously or intermittently(stopping for up to opproxihmrely 15 minutes.( l' DIGIt YOIINT ING HEIGHT ATTACHMENT FOR SIGN SUPPORTS 1. The Cotton of Lonexcept g-rerm/Intereadiote-term signs shall be at least 7 feet,but not more than 9 feet,above the paved surface, Support Attachment to wooden 6upportS - rR,(�d71Wy/--���� will re by Dolts Ono nuts snows for supplemenrol plaques mounted below other n ions. ails g m�7qM' I protrude 2. The bottom of Snort-term/Snort Duration signs shall be a minimum of 1 foot Wove the povmrent Surface but no more roan 2 feet move �f move sign Or sere.. 113! eoonsnS or the ground. F ! LSOYVE IIocedu procedures attaching Sign 3. Long-term/Intermediate-term Signs may be used in lieu of Short-term/Short Duration signing. w \i" polestr res fo-Ot er types Sign 4. Short-term/Short Duration signs shall be used only oaring daylight and shall be removed at the end of the workday or mimed to SubStrOteS 10 Other types of appropriate Long-term/Intermediate sign height. 8u.a F•� /• ` Sign Supports 5. Regulatory signs shall Demounted at least 7 feet,but not more than 9 feet,move the paved surtace regardless 0/work oration. mai bh ��5�nAtr� Spout ROAD / \' I. Contractor shall not ROAD O I. The Contr for Mall furnish the sign sizes shown on BC Ill unless otherwise shown in the pens or as directed by the Engineer. protrude SIGN SUBSTRATES ODOve sign mtrh o R w;.1 �F ]®���� ll OR Nails shall NOT 1. The Contractor shall ensure the sip%smatrate is installed in accardaae with the moaixturer'm retmmMdoilna f¢the type o/aim support that is being used. The CW2TC0 lists each substrate that con be used on the different types old models of sign&ypo ts. woo Wee. AHEAD. D be allowed. 2. -Mesh'type materials are NOT an approved sign substrate, regardless o/the rightness of the weave. -�� WORWFIIi WII YIS/lU L-{ Each Sign 3. All wooden individual sign panels fabricated from 2 n more pieces anal)have are n more plywood cleat, 1/2"thick by 6•ride, _ fostered to the pack o/the sign and extending fully across the sign. The cleat shall be at taches to the Dock of the atom using wood v Sign supports shall \.i/' shall De attached screws that m not penetrate the face of the sign panel. The screws shell be placed n both sides of the splice and spaced der 6" extend more inn directly TO the sign centers. The Engineer soy approve other methods of splicing the sign fou. 4 1/2 way hp the Nr - REFLECTIVE SHEETINS .mgg support. Multiple back.p the Sign I. All rigid Moll o ret-ore0lsort re end constructed The sofe sheeting ormeetingPthe color end rests-own on Belli requirements of OMS-8700 .��'•- amarrote. Signs shall not be for rigid singe or nin•(1310 re roll-up signs. The web pe A, shall fn DMS sed for shone Is mown te backg g`' FRONT ELEVATION joined or spl iced by 2. White sheeting,meeting rhe requirements of DMS•B300 Type A, be used for signs with a Mite DOck¢and. o lit Wood,metal or3. grade sheeting,meeting the requirements of WS-(1300 Tyle Bee or Type CR,M011 oe ossa for rigid signs with orange backgrounds. liar Reinforced Plastic any means. Woodnot SIGN I ETTFR` SUDDOr TS shat I not be I. All sign letters and embers Shall be clear,and open rounded type uppercase alphabet letters dee approved by the Federal Highway Splicing mbedded perforated square metol tubing in order to extend post extended or repaired Administration IFHWAI and as published in the•stadard Highway Sign Design for Teas,mnual. Signs, letters and numbers shall be of height will only be allowed Nen the splice is made using four bolts, two first class workmanship in accordooe with Deportment standards and Specifications. above and two below the spice point. Splice rust be located entirely behind 510E ELEVATION by splicing Or C REMOVING OROVERING the sign substrate, not near the base of the support. Splice insert lengths wood other means. I. When sign messages may be confusing or do not apply, the signs shall be removed or completely covered. should be of least 5 times nominal post size,centered on the splice end 2. Lung-term stotionory or intermediate stationary signs installed on swore metal tubing soy be turned may from traffic 90 degrees when of of least the sane gouge material. the sign message not applicable. This technique nay not be used for signs installed in the median of divided hi5NOys or nem any intersections where the sign may be seen from approaching traffic. 3. Signs installed on wooden Skids shell not be turned at 90 degree angles to the roodeay. These signs should De removed or completely STOP/SLOW PADDLES CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR MAINTAINING PERMANENT SIGNS covered when not required. WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS I. %nen signs me covered, the material used shall be opaque, such as heavy mil black plastic,or Other nnteriels Mich will Cover the 1. STOP/SLOW paddles are the primary method to control traffic entire sign face and maintain their opawue properties under wramobile headlights at night,without darogirg the sign sheeting. by naggers. The STOP/SLOW paddle size should be 21"0 24" 5. Burlap shall NOT be used to cover signs. as detailed below. I. Permanent signs ore used to give notice of traffic lows Or regulations,call 6. Duct tape or other adhesive material spall NOT be affixed to 0 sign face. 2.when used at night, the STOP/SLOW paddle shall be attention to conditions that are potentially hazardous to traffic operations, 1. Signs and aohor stubs shall be removed and holes backfilled upon catOletion of work. retroreflectorized. show route designations,destination,directions,distances, services,points SIGN SUPPORT WEIGHTS 3. STOP/SLOW paddles may be attached to a staff with a minium of interest, ond other geographical, recreational,or cultural information. I. Where sign Supports rewire the use of weights to keep from turning over, length of 6' to the bottom of the sign. Drivers proceeding ttrough a work rate need the some, if not better route the use of sonmogs with dry,cahesionless sand should be used. SHEET 4 OF 12 4. Any lightsn fs incorporated into the STOP or SLOW puddle faces guidance os normally installed a roadway without construction. 2. ins sondbogs will be tied shut to keep the Sand from spilling and to shall only be os specifically described in Section 6E.03 2. When permanent regulatory or warning signs conflict with work zone conditions, maintain 0 constant weight. -111P4aTraffic Had Signalingge Devices in the TPUTCO. remove or cover the permanent signs until the permanent sign messomatches 3. Rock,concrete, iron, steel or other solid objects shall not be permitted Operations the roadway condition, for use 0e sign support weights. ,Texas Departfnanfof TIenspeefatlonStandar 3. When existing permanent signs ore bed and relocated due to construction d. Sandhogs should reign a minimum of 35 lbs and a maxima of 50 lbs. _ snenpermanentim purposes, they shall be visible to mpiorists at all times. 5. Sandbags shall be made of a durable material that rears upon venitulor f/�I\\ 4. If existing signs are to be relocated an their original suDoprts, they shall be impact. Rubber (such as fire fast tubes) shall NOT be used. -1-44(105 10 installed on crasMoriny Doses as Mown an the SMD srtxdara Sheena. The signs 6. Rubber ballasts designed for chnhelizing devices Should not be used for BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION C75 1 shall meet the rewired should heights shorn he the BC Sheets or the SMD ballast on portable sign supports. Sign supports acetosa and manu+acrured relocating existing wank should be pole under the approoriare pay item,m the wind tunny bases mar be used when Morn on ins tW2,t0 liar. TEMPORARY SIGN NOTES 2q• (1'C 24' B"B relocating existing signs. 7. Sandbags shall ally be placed along or laid over the Dose supports o+the 5. It permanent signs ore to be removed nd cels shown using temporary supports, traffic control device and Moll mon be suspended above proud level or `J �� �' the Contractor shall use crashwoMhy supports os on ins BC Sheets or t hung with rope,wire,chains or other fasteners. Sandbags shall be placed i CWZTCD. The signs shall meet the rewired mounting heights Mown on the along the length of the skids to weigh Born the sign support. R•z `/}• BC Sheets or the SMI iate y tem fo Cnlocatiig isie work ne. be paid 8. Sandbags shall NOT be placed under the skid and shall not De used to level BC(4) -14 \ 1 /`� for oder the appropriate pay item for relocating existing inq Bigne. sign supports placed n slopes. I_\ iXC" �I /s 6. Any signor traffic control device that is Struck or damaged by the Controptor FLAGS ON SIGNS n. be-1,1,0 ea rxDOTim TAOTIom TOOT fir..7xDOT or his/her construction equipment Moil be replaced as soon as possible by me I. FI be used to maw attention to morningsigns. When used the flog ©T000T Howasr 2002 soms me mu en slww, 24" 21'• Flogs may tan Contracts to ensure proper guidance for the motorists. This will be Stasi Oiary shall be 16 inches square or Inger ona shall be orange or fluorescent someone•sea1. e."aO1^0'desire to Item 502. 'n oar man, ria pare W Prom•mntx Legend A Border-Woered-orange color. flogs shall not be allowed to cover any portion o+ 9-07 B-11 the sign face. 7-I3 B o LL 19 I CJUlluh1 f1 maximum 1( Sion -It Sign II Sign , - Maximum 4x4 1224" 206 ....4 Post ....•Post ....-Post i,!7 1 111 ,/sign foce L, I 2,,sq. ft.of mood 2A6 ,,/sign face A 0/m' 2'6 -ii ,... 1 ..."26 V?' II *4'dP 11 84' s4 qI oi44 t i i Col 4x4 CS,4454 ei' 1111111", 61(.46 t..0.•• 6,4 111 8. II, 60. 1 1 b4,A4 yirable desirable block ock 11)' ir Sen the CWITCO Z:: hi _ 34'min. in Cotional 1 NI 48. strong soils, reinforcing Length of skids may 25 Top 4A4 wood be increased for minieum 55'mn. in 81004e 34'min. in .:... See BC(4) Pest additional stability. weok soils. I/O"1larger atrana Sal far eobefotent. than sign 55'min. in Itf for sign height 24" ,,FAA A 40' * See 8C(41 Tao at)A 18' post) II xbak soils. requirement 2s6 foreign height 24' 204 broce Anchor Stub 11/4'larger Anchor Stub / )- Iii INIMMiniiaSI requirement II,''':(:. ______ 3/8'bolts w/nut.s the,sign (1/4" lorger III 1. llN mmem`..-- cr3/13'x 3 1/2 .- / 2' than Sign Z in h 40. d F F.t „. I Front 404 block 444 block ' OPTION I OPTION 2 OPTION 3 Front Skie (Angrier Stub).zt Wired,Embednent) (Anchor Stub and Reinforcing 51890/I WING CHANNEL SIM SKID MOUNTED WOOD SIGN SUPPORTS PERFORATED SQUARE METAL TUBING 11:gj'gg Bi ,,!... LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTABLE SKID MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS El , GROUND MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS tOI Refer to tne COINCO ona tne manufacturer's instol lot ion procedure for each type sign support. *i.4 A The maximum sign score footage shall adhere to the manufacturer's recommendation. Two post installations can be used for larger signs. riP 16 sq. ft. or less of any rigid sign substrate listed in section J.2.8 of 1 I/O' WEDGE ANCHORS Both steel and plastic Wedge Anchor Systems as shorn 9 sq. ft. or less- -.401.- Dick Itypl i! hot extruded the CITZTCO,except 5/8"plywood. I/O.plyrOOd is allowed. on the SMO Standard Sheets may be used os temporory sign supports for signs up to 10 squore feet of sign thinwall plastic sir only 4' 7 face. They may be set in concrete or in sturdy soils if approved Dy the Engineer. (See web address for 'Traffic Engineering Standard Sheets'on BC11)). or.5 bolt X 18' 0i Ai (2 per support) joining ,. OTHER DESIGNS t-t c,gn cane!and supports F. 1 sLAjiggir),,,,TEsoCALNoNBc;I,NourE,RmDE0NoiATTHEE .8. 72,,,,Es.DERT,,,.,,,:O,F 410 . V i4 -----7. DoffrrrolTc CWZTCD LIST. SEE BC(11 FOR WEBSITE LOCATION. •Sb '3,4"A 13/V A 11 foot GENERAL NOTES 12 go pop W COO NOT SPLICE) I 3/4'A 1 3/4'x 129' Nominal .. Maximum Minimum Drilled 1. Nails may be used in the ossembly Of wooclen sign (Mole to hole) 12 go. support Post of Sq. feet of Soil NOISES) suppOrts, but 3/8' bolts with nuts or 3/8'A 3 1/2' E !et I 3/4"golv.round telescopes Into sleeve Sixe Posts Sign Face tete:bent Required log screws must be used on every joint for final connection. with 5/16'holes 4 x 4 I 12 36' NO square tubing 1 3/4 x I 3/4'A 52hole x 4 2 21 36' NO 2. No sore'non 2 sign Mats Shall be placed within a • ' ( . . . ( r to hole) 12 go. sole perforated 4 A 6 I 21 36' YES 7 ft.circle,except for specific materials noted on the :: Upright must T i I hbin :g di000nal brace : 1 4 x 6 2 36 36" YES CWZTCD List. telescope to _____. I.When pnoject 16 arnpleted,all sign supports and proVide 7'height i *A., /41 WOOD POST SYSTEM FOR GROUND foundations sholl be removed from the project site. Oboye Powesont 48" This will be considered subsidiary to Item 502. o I weld i/JP."da n: 1 1 3/4'A 1 3/4•A 32' (hole MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS to hole) 12 00. Square perforated - 1 '',.„. tubing cross brace I M 0:r187)C11°CfAorillialSwiJkl)DuP"Cin'T. / \ X Wood wigo Posts MUST be one piece.Splicing will .4.-r 5. • ,i :i8OLT 1TYP.1 'T Aak... _._._._. . NOT be ol lowed.Posts shall be pointed white. , A See the CWITC8 for the type of sign substrate Pin at angle 4/- _ _ that can be used(CC eOCII opproved sign support. im=m!I needed to P'11___- = , 2 0 3/8"X 3'or. < x match siaeslope . ' 11 5 bolt SHEET 5 OF 12 36. 0 W.- Ilh011"foal''°129. (hole to hole) 1, 2.5' , • Fr' 0 X/16" /lb ..-- Dopartment of hansportstion raWntrd.ny 12 go. square 21.1:: Oponadons 11 :iiicil O:Ideii:: 48. . backfill puddle. xel,------ .;,..'. weld starts here 1 A 2"-1 -6 I 1290. upright , , , I perforated Nybing upright 2'x 2'A 59' 12 go.perforated -ti• • IZOICELTX/X17 . .4411111Pr Completely welded oround tubing BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION starts ,„,.• weld I I -1=1- tubing skid 1...o1ertoxhOlel s' her. m 12 go.squore mm' d o' perforated 6 SINGLE LEG BASE ' 32' ' a BC(5) -14 Side Wiey :.---.4 /. •••••• 60" .1 tubing sleeve welded to skid eau bo-14.(103 (0701101 koyekber 2002 do 1407 kitebeDOTIoM TAROT ILO.TIIDOT MT KV JOG M.. REVISE.. SKID MOUNTED PERFORATED SQUARE STEEL TUBING SIGN SUPPORTS 9-07 8-14 uu "'" Ci"'""' 7-13 _i , Id? i , WHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVE THE PCMS FROM THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE PCMS RECOMMENDED PHASES AND FORMATS FOR PCMS MESSAGES DURING ROADWORK ACTIVITIES 7EHIND BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL WITH SIGN PANEL TURNED PARALLEL TO TRAFFIC (The Engineer may approve other messages not specifically covered here.) PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS I. The Engineer/Inspector shall approve all messages used on portable s° changeable message signs IPCMS). Phase 1: Condition L i Sts Phase 2: Possible Component Lists 2. Messages on PCMS should contain no more than 8 words(dbout four to ° eight chaacters per word),not including simple words such as'TO,' .W Advance "FOR,''AT,•eta. Road/Lone/Ram Closure List Action to Take/Effect on Travel Location Warning TQ,; P Other Condition List List List List Notice List 3. Messages should-cosset eofs o single noose,or two phases shot ‘i. :-' @' alternate. Three-phase messages ore not and mus Each phase of the FREEWAY FRONTAGE ROADWORK ROAD MERGE FORM AT SPEED TUE-FRI ° m iftelfn should convey 0 single thought, d must De anders1000 by gh~ stabler. CLOSED ROAD XXX FT REPAIRS RIGHT X LINES FM XXXX LIMIT XX AM- `e 4. Use the word'EXIT'to refer tam exit ram on a treeeOyt I.e., X MILE CLOSED XXXX FT RIGHT XX MPH X PM 'EXIT CLOSED."Do not use the term'RAMP.' :i-g 5. Always use the route or interstate designation IIH,US,SH,Fri ROAD SHOULDER FLAGGER LANE DETOUR USE BEFORE MAXIMUM APR XX- alang with the number when referring too roadway. CLOSED CLOSED XXXX FT NARROWS NEXT XXXXX RAILROAD SPEED XX 6. When in use the bottom of o stationery PS neasage pone)should be AT SH XXX XXX FT XXXX FT x EXITS RD EXIT CROSSING XX MPH X PM-X AM 25. a minima 7 feet above the rwhereCMdway,where possible. __ _ "ut 7. The messoge term"WEEKEND'should De uaea only if the work is to ROAD RIGHT LN RIGHT LN TWO-WAY USE USE EXIT NEXT MINIMUM BEGINS start en Saturday morning and end by Sunday evening at midnight. °cm Actual Goys and hams of work should be di sol aye0 an toe PCMS if lurk CLSD AT CLOSED NARROWS TRAFFIC EXIT XXX I-X% X MISPEED MONDAY _ is to begin on Friday evening and/or continue into Monday morning. FM XXXX XXX FT XXXX FT XX MILE NORTH LES %X MPH FF a B. The Engineer/Inspector may Select one of taro options which are ovoi I- v„g dole for displaying o two-prose message on o PCMS.Eoch phase toy be RIGHT X RIGHT X MERGING CONST STAY ON USE PAST ADVISORY BEGINS 'goddisplayed for either four seconds each or for three seconds each. LANES LANES TRAFFIC TRAFFIC US XXX I-XX E US XXX SPEED MAY XX 9. Do not'nosh'messages or words included in a message. The message CLOSED OPEN XXXX FT XXX FT SOUTH TO I-XX N EXIT XX MPH 'via should be steady burn or continuous while displayed. 10.Do not present redundant intorno+Ion on a two-phase message; he CENTER DAYTIME LOOSE UNEVEN TRUCKS WATCH XXXXXXX RIGHT MAY X-X keeping two lines of the message the some and chasing the third line . LANE LANE GRAVEL LANES USE FOR TO LANE XX PM - 8 11.Do not use the word'Danger" in message. CLOSED CLOSURES XXXX FT XXXX FT US XXX N TRUCKS XXXXXXX EXIT XX AM E.` 12.Sc net display the message'LANES SHIFT LEFT'or'LANES SHIFT RIGHT' T$� an a PCMS. Drivers do not understand the message. -- - 13. Do not aisoloy messages that scroll horizontally or vertically across NIGHT 1-XX SOUTH DETOUR ROUGH WATCH EXPECT US XXX USE NEXT the face of the sign. LANE EXIT X MILE ROAD FOR DELAYS TO CAUTION FRI-SUN E.- In. The following Coble lists abbreviated words and two-word phrases that CLOSURES CLOSED XXXX FT TRUCKS FM XXXX acceptable for use on 0 PCMS. Both words In a phrase oust be 8$, displayed together. Words or phrases not on this list should not be VARIOUS EXIT XXX ROADWORK ROADWORK EXPECT PREPARE DRIVE XX AM abbreviated, donees shorn in the TMUTCD. l5. PCMS charactheight should be at least 18 ints ftrailer montes LANES CLOSED PAST NEXT DELAYS TO SAFELY TO ib« character ar,nits. They should be visible Fran at least 1/2(.51 mile and the text CLOSED X MILE SH XXXX FRI-SUN - STOP XX PM erould be legible iron at least 600 feet at night deg 800 feet in $ II daylight. Truckmounted units must have a awrocter height of 10 inches EXIT RIGHT LN BUMP US XXX REDUCE END DRIVE NEXT and must De legible frau at least 400 feet. CLOSED TO BE , XXXX FT EXIT SPEED SHOULDER WITH TUE .k. 16. Each lineof test should be centered on the message board rothtum CLOSED X MILES XXX FT USE CARE AUG XX left r right just if led. - ., If disabled, the PM default to an illegible diapl0y that rill «`o n. not alarm motorists and wi I l only be used to alert workers thot the MALL X LANES TRAFFIC LANES USE WATCH TONIGHT y4 POLIS has malfunctiaee.A pattern such as a series of horizontal Solid DRIVEWAY CLOSED SIGNAL SHIFT X OTHER FOR XX PM- _; B Dara is appropriate. CLOSED TUE - FRI XXXX FT ROUTES WORKERS XX AM :p^.- XXXXXXXX STAY sass c� WORD OR PHRASE ABBREVIATION WORD OR PHRASE ABBREVIATION BLVD 31 LANES SHIFT in Phase 1 must be used with STAY IN LANE in Phase 2. IN H W Y See Application guidelines Note 6. o 'Ili CLOSED LANE Access Rood 'ACCS RD Major MAJ Alternate ALT Miles MI Avenue AVE Miles Per Hour MPH Best Route BEST RTE Minor IRIA APPLICATION GUIDELINES WORDING ALTERNATIVES Boulevard BLVD Monday MON I.Only 1 or 2 phases ore to be used on a PCMS. I. The words RIGHT,LEFT and ALL CM be interchanged as appropriate. Bridge BRDG Normal NORM 2. The 1st phase(or both)should be selected from the 2.Roodray designations IH,US,SH, FM and LP con be interchanged as Cannot CANT North N 'Rood/Lane/Ram Closure List'and the"Otter Condition List'. appropriate. Center CTR - Northbound (route)N 3. A 2nd phase con be selected from the"Action to Take/Effect 3.EAST,WEST, NORTH and SOUTH tor debreviotions E,W,N aro 51 can Construction CONST AHD Parking PIING on Travel, Location,General Warning,or Advance Notice be interchanged as oprori°te. Ahead Road RD Phase Lists". 4.Highway nares and nutters replaced os appropriate. CROSSING KIK Right Lane RI LN __ A. A Location Phase Is necessary only if 0 distance or location 5.ROAD, HIGHWAY ono FREEWAY con be interchanged os needed. Detour Route DETOUR RTE Saturday SAT is not included in the first phase selected. 6.AHEAD mon be used instead of distaCee If necessary. Do Not DONT Service Road SERV RD 5. If two PCMS are used in sequence, they must be separated by 7.FT and MI,MILE and MILES interchanged os appropriate. East E Shoulder SHLDR a minima of 1000 ft. Each PCMS shall be limited to two phases, 8. AT,BEFORE and PAST Interchanged as needed. Eastbound (route)E Slippery SLIP and should be understandable by themselves. 9.Distances or AHEAD con be eliminated from the message if a Eneraeney EMER South S 6.For advance notice,when the current date is within seven Oohs location Mose is used. Emergency Vehicle EMER VEH Southbound (route)S of the actual Work date,calendar days should be replaced with Entrance, Enter ENT Speed SPD days of the reek. Advance notificot ion should typically De for Express Lane EXP LN Street ST no more than dee week prior to the srk. Expressway EXPWY Sunday SRN SHEET 6 OF 12 XXXX Feet %XXX FT Telephone PHONE Fog Ahead FOG AHD Thursday TEMP Trefflo PCMS SIGNS WITHIN THE R.O.W. SHALL BE BEHIND GUARDRAIL OR Oprentlons Freeway FRWY, EDY Tc D Thursday TOURS Teres D4Yperfinenf Of 7Flne .flan Freeway Blocked FRY BLED To Downtown To DwNTN CONCRETE BARRIER OR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FOUR (4) P sn eeW Friday FRI Traffic TRAF xozreous Driving Ill DRIVING Travelers TRVlRS PLASTIC DRUMS PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO TRAFFIC ON THE HoOardous Material HAZMAT Tuesaa TUES aUPSTREAM SIDE OF THE PCMS, WHEN EXPOSED TO ONE DIRECTION High-Occupancy HOV Time Minutes TIME MIN OF TRAFFIC. WHEN EXPOSED TO TWO WAY TRAFFIC, THE FOUR DRUMS BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION Vehicle HWY Upper Level UPR LEVEL Highway Vehicles Is) VEH, VERS SHOULD BE PLACED WITH ONE DRUM AT EACH OF THE FOUR CORNERS OF THE UNIT, PORTABLE CHANGEABLE ....151 OR,NRS Waning WARN Internet ion INFO Wednesday WED FULL MATRIX PCMS SIGNS MESSAGE SIGN (PCMS) If Is 'ITS Weight Limit WT LIMIT Junction JCT West W 1.When Full Matrix PCMS signs rdeun e used, the character height g legibility/visibility requirements shall be maintained as listed in Note 15 der"PORTABLE Left LFT Westbound haute)le CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS"above. BC(6) -14 Left Lae ITT LNWet Pavement WET PVMT 2.When symbol signs,such oe the "Flogger Symbol"ICW20-7)are represented graphically an the Full Matrix PCMS sign and,with the ODpr0val of the Engineer, it Lae Closed LN CLOSED Will Not WONT shall mointoin the legibility/Visibility requirement listed above. rah be-14.0a1 er.TROT Jo.TxWhlow Teat Iru TVOOT Lower Level LWR LEVEL 3.when Symbol signs are represented graphically on the Full Motrix PCMS, they shall only supplement the use o/the static sign represented,and shell not substitute EOTx00T Novwbr 2002 MT KU to emu, Maintenance MAINE for,or replace thot sign. S106 Wray 4. A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a flashing;arrow board provided it meets the visibility, flash rote ag alining on BC(?), forthe 9-07 8-14 odoat swan c designot ion w IH-number, US-number, SH-number, FM-number sole size arrow. T-13 L Oe u ) O,itil9 I. Barrier Reflectors shall be pre-qualified,Old conform to the Color Old Barrier Reflector on Arrow Boards may be located behind channeliZing devices in place for o shoulder reflectivity requirements of 0115.8600.A list of ified Barrier 16' all plastic bracket taper or merging taper, otherwise they shall be delineated with four (41 channeliZing Reflectors con be found of the List a Material Producer List web address shown devices placed perpendicular to traffic on the upstream side of iraff IC. BCII). 2. Color f Barrier Reflectorsshall be os specified in the TMITCD. The fig.8cost of the reflectors shall l be consider.:subsidiary to Item 512. I 16' 1. The Flashing Arrow Board should be used for all Ise closuree an multi-lane roadways,or slam moving maintenance or construction activities on the travel lanes. o / 2. Floehinq Arrow Boards should not be used en two-lane, two-way roadways, detours,diversions ri YOx. apecinq of Dottier or work on shoulders unless to'CAUTION"display lace detail below) is used. / manufactur Is 20 feet. 3. The Engineer/Inspector snail choose all appropriate signs,barricones and/or other traffic cgs Attach the delineators as per control ling toot should be usedbein conjunction with the Flashing Arrow Board. o w // Barr ler ' 4. The Flashing Arrow Board should be able to display the following symools: Reflectors moms/octurec'e recamrendat ions. g,; � LOW PROFILE CONCRETE BARRIER (LPCB) G~g • • .27. •S . • CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER (CTB) •• •• •• 8 ` Sas D i W IVIAI 1 • • c ce¢ 3.Were traffic is on one side of the CTB, two(2)Barrier Reflectors 1 1� • • OR • 8 Anshall be ate mounting in approxi ion ly the midsection of each section of[TB. �� •• •• Air An. This will noallow location is uniformly barrier g at one end Of each • • E.8 CTB. This rill Allam/or oitodmMlt of a barrier graODle without � "' � Install a minim.of • • • • goy damping the reflector. The Barrier Reflector moulted on the side of 3 Barrier Reflectors • • • • • the CTB shall De located directly below the reflector mounted on top Ofae per moms/adorer's • • (7.0 the barrier,as snort in to detail above. IIIIIN40•011rHall.PiW- recamendatione. • 4 CORNER CAUTION ALTERNATING DIAMOND CAUTION • • 1. mire CTB Beach section two-way waffle, three barrier reflectorstop shall be mountedpcI on each section Of CTB. The reflector unit on top mall have two yep low reflective faces(Bi-Direct ionallwhi le the reflectors on each ES` side of me sorrier shell have one yellw reflective face,as Comm in DELINEATION OF END TREATMENTS • • • • • • '-Kt the detail above. 5. When CTB separates traffic troweling in the sane direction,no barrier • • • • • • il' reflectors will be required an tap of the CTB. • • • : 6. Barrier Reflector units shall De yellow or Mite in color to.00th END TREATMENTS FOR • • • • • • m the edgel ine being supplemented. CTB'S USED • • • • • • m$0 7. Moximm spacing of Barrier Reflectors is forty(401 feet. DOUBLE ARROW CHEVRON ARROW g"m B. Pavement markers or temporary flexible-reflective rooaway marker tabs IN WORK ZONES LEFT 6 RIGHT wig shall NOT be used as CTB delineation. Eng treatments used on CTB's in work LEFT 6 RIGHT fij5 9. Attachment of Barrier Re/lectors to CTB shall be per manufocturer'5 zones shall meet croshrorthy standards recommendations. as defined in the National Cooperative fi q 10.Ai sting or damped Barrier Re/lectors shall be replaced as directedH the Research Report 350. Refer to 5. The'CAUTION'display consists of fair corner lamps flashing simultaneously,or the Alternating by the Engineer. }e CNZTCD List for approved end Dimond Caption mode as shown. w'§: II.Single slope barriers shall be delineated as shown on the shove detail. treatments aha manufxturers. 6. The straight line cation display is NOT ALLOWED. 7. The Flashing Arrow Board shall be capable of minimum SO percent dinning frau rated lath voltage. The flashing rote of the lands shall not M less than 25 nor more than 40 flashes per minute. 8. Minim.la "on time'shall be approzimotely 50 percent for the an flashing arrow d equal o.? 8. REFLECTORS FOR CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER AND ATTENUATORS intervals of 25 percent far eoahsequential prase ofteflashing chevron. °was 9. The sequential arrow display is NOT ALLOWED. fLI€n10. The flashing arrow display is the TaDOT standora;however,the sewential Chevron Fou display may be used during daylight operation. WARNING LIGHTS II. The Flashing Arrow Board shall be mounted on a vehicle, trailer or other suitople support. 12.A Flashing Arrow Board SHALL NOI BE USED to laterally shift traffic. i3.A full matrix PCMS may be used to simulate a Flashing Arrow Board provided it meets visibility, p Ili CI.Warning louts shall mxt its requirements of the-Wulff. flash rate and Dimming requirements an this sheet for the Wile site arrow. Z.Warning lights shall be installed on barricades. 14.Minim.mounting Might of trailer mounted Arrow Boards should be 7 feet from roedway /1 3. Type A-Lw Flashing Intensity earning Lights ore comely used with Bruns. They we intended to morn of ar mark a potentially hazardous area.. 10 bottom of pine 1. Their use shall be as indicated on this sheet sheetsnd/or other of the pions by the desiccation'FL'. The Type A Warning Lights Mal I nobe used with signs mono/opturee with Type BFLor CFT She etin016-8300.etirg meeting ins requirements of Departmental Material Specification O -8100. 4. Type-C oho Type 0 360 degree Steady Burn Lights ore intended to be used in a series for delineation to supplement otter traffic control REQUIREMENTS v Ol devices. Their use shall be as indicated on this sheet mod/or other sheets of the plans by the designation'SB'. MINIM. II 5. The Engineer/Inspector or the pions Mall specify the!coatian and type of warning lights to be installed on the traffic control devices. 4TNIMO MINIMM NUABER VISIBILITY 6. Ween required by the Engineer, to Cantractar shall furnish a copy of the warning lights certification. The morning light maufacturer will TYPE SIIE OP PANEL LAMPS ATTENTION WHEN NOT IN USE, REMOVE \ DISTANCE FlashingArrow Boards THE ARROW BOARD FROM THE certify us the warning lights meet the requirmnente of the latest ITE Purchase Specifications for Ootsid m:Steady-Burn Warning Lights. 7. When used to delineate curves, Type-C one Type 0 Steady Burn Lights should only be placed on the Outside of the curve,not the inside. B 30 z 60 I7 3/4 mile shall be equipped with RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE THE B. The location of morning lights and warning reflectors on drums shol l be as shown elsewhere in the plans. C 48 x 96 15 I mile automatic dimming device!. ARROW BOARD BEHIND CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL. Type C Warning Light or WARNING LIGHTS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS approved substitute mounted on a I. Type A flashing morning lights ore intended to warn drivers that they ore approaching or are in a potentially hazardous area. drum adjacent to the travel way. 2. Type A rondml flashing warning lights are not intended for delineation and shot!not be used!n a series. FLASHING ARROW BOARDS 3.A series of sequential flashing morning lights places on mannelizing devices t0 forma merging toper moy be used for delineation. If used, the successive flashing of the sequential(morning lights should occur from the beginning of the toper to the end of the merging raper in order to identify the desired vehicle path. the rote of flaMing for each light shall be 65 flashes per minute,plus or minus 10 flashes. 4. Type C and D Steady-burn warning lights are intended to be used in a series to delineate the edge of the travel lane an detours,on lone SHEET 7 OF 12 Q merges,an lone closures,and on other similar conditions. 5. Type A, Type C and Type 0 warning lights shall be installed at locations os detailed an other sheets in the plans. • Traffk Opentlonl 6.Warning lights shall not be installed on a drum that has a sign, chevron or vertical panel. Division 7. The maximum spacing for morning lights on Bruns should be identical to the cnanelizing device spacing. TRUCK-MOUNTED ATTENUATORS 'Tim D•p•rfm•nfof TFmnmporfmflon standard ° WARNING REFLECTORS MOUNTED ON PLASTIC DRUMS AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR TYPE C (STEADY BURN) WARNING LIGHTS I. Truck-mnuned attenuators(TMA)used m TACT facilities I.A morningreflector or s must meet the rhquiremeci6 outlined in the NatCagl BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION approved substitute may De mounted on a plastic Aruna o suestitute for o Type C, steady burn morning light of the Cooperative Higmoy Research Report No. 350 INCNRP 3501 discretion of the Contractor unless otherwise noted in the plans. or the Manual for Assessing Safety Hardwore(MASH). ARROW PANEL REFLECTORS 2. The warning reflector shall be yellow in color and shall be manufactured using o sign substrate approved for use with plastic drums listed 2. Refer to the CNZTCD for the requirements of Level 2 er 1 e antheCeZTCD. Lead 3 TAlks. WARNING LIGHTS & ATTENUATOR 3. The morning reflector shall have a m .retroreflective surface ar a tone-side!of 30 square Inches. 3. Refer to the CNZTCD for a list of approved TAUS. Warning reflector may be round 4. Round ref lectars shol I be fully reflectarized, including the area Mere attached to the drun. 4. IMAs are required on Irxroys unless otherwise noted 5. Swore sutrates nuat have a minimum of 30 square inches of reflector iced sheeting. They do not hove to be reflector ized where it the home. or equOre.Mist nave a Yellow ce attaches to the arum. 5. A TMA Shqu10 De used anytime that it con De positioned BC(7) -14 i A reflective Buf10Ce area o/at lewi 6. The side o/the morning reflector facing approachingtraffic shall hove sheen meet) the color and retroreflectiv It requirements for O t0 100 1x1 in ndvape of to area Of CFGv exposure lou I `s 30 swore inches Y r qu without°aversely affecting the work performance, nu. Do-14.dgn we TaDOT JontADOTIC.Tw00T IcuteOOT DMS 8300-Type B or Type C. 6. The only reason a TW should not be required is Men a work 7. When used near two-toy traffic,both sides of the warning reflector shell be reflectorize0. area Is spread down the roadway and the work crew is an ©PROT November 2002 taur ami 'm en OWv 8. The warning reflector seuld be mounted on the side of the handle nearest approaching traffic. extended distance frau the TMA. errelm iLIZI 9. The wooing acing for yarning reflectors should be identical to the monelizing device spacing requirements. 9.07 8-14 um mown MUT a. 7.13 IOW aI` loll C I5B ,_, GENERAL NOTES I.For long term stationary work zones an freeways,drums shall be used as Handle 18'min the primary channel Ring device. 2. Far intermediate term stationary work zones an freeways,drums should be used as the primary ch°mel izirg device but may be replaced in tangent allow collectionfor;Taunting sections by vertical panels,or 42'two-piece cones. In tangent sections Of water or I signs ad E 0 one-piece cones may be used with the approval of the Engineer but only debt is ill I warning lightsll .,_., o if personel ore present an the project at all times to maintain the 7 - x` e cones in proper position and location. 4-max i£ 3. Forrean short term stationary work cas freeways, drums are the preferred 4'min LP 0 charnel izing device but may be replaced in tapers, transitions and tangent 8'max Each drum shall hove V sections by Vertical panels, two-piece cones or one-piece cones as Ityplminimum of 2 orange 0•� Drums an Dr the Engineer.i ... and 2 white stripes 4. Drone and all related items shall coaly with ih!requirements of the IB"x 24'Sign 12"x 29" -'-'- -"""""""""""""" using Type A retro- IMoximm Sign Dimension) Vertical Panel current version of the"Temp Work Zone an Uniform ntrol is Control Devices. reflective sheetino Chevron CW1-8,Opposing Traffic Lane cant with didgeeals o-i? ICCZTCDI and the'Compliant Nark Zone Iroff is Control Devices List" Z'lax with the tip stripe Divider,Driveway sign D70a,Keep Right sloping down towards (rums, bases,. 1trD., being orange. R4 series or other signs os approved travel way 5. shall and related objectionable mals shall deects that m olddadv p and by Engineer °o aft l be frau alvecrionerle maks or defects that would adversely 4 1e` affect their appearance or services 2y. , qui a 6. The Contractor shall have a maximum of 24 lours to replace any plastic ,,, r 'F drums identified for replacement Dr the Engineer/Inspector. The replete- Plywood, Aluminum or Metol sign meant device must Dean approved device. aubstrotes sham I NOT De usetl 1X7 ila GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS plastic drums Pre-qualified plastic drums shall meet the following reauirenents: Taper to allow a' I.Plastic drum shall be a two-piece designs the"body'of the drum shall for stroking a 8: be ins top portion and Me"Dose'shall be the bottom minimum of 5 SIGNS, CHEVRONS, AND VERTICAL PANELS MOUNTED 2. The body andbase shall lock together in such a manner that the body _____ drum separates from the base when ilaacted by a vehicle traveling at a speed ON PLASTIC DRUMS ° of 20 L*0 or greater but prevents accidental separation cue to normal Bose 136" '8 s° handling and/or air turbulence created by passing vehicles. - dia.Max, Lua 3. Plastic druid shall be constructed of lightweight flexible,and � �- deformable materials. The Contractor shall NOT use metal drums or fg single piece plastic drums as chenelization devices or sign supports. This detail isnot intended I. signs used on plastic drum shell be manufactured using F 4. Drums shun present o profile that is a minimum of 18 inches In width substrates listed an the CWZTCD. e IS of the 36 inch height when viewed frau anydirection. The height of for the CWatian. See note 3 'ohm sh inches and the CWZTCD list for 2.Chevrons and other work cane signs with on drag!background drum alit 1Dody installed on bowel shall be°minimum of 36 nee quo LNI.6Lapprove mai a movimm of 42 inches. 24' x� DefectaDle Pedestrian sheshobe monsee tfocture0 rim Type An.etr or Type Cm.Oarty rge Ft 5. The top of the drum shall nave a built-in handle for easy pickup and Barric°Oee 05imp 00, "gi the color quo re"voile ecf epulrMente kb shall De designed to drain water and net collect debris. The handle - T of DM$•8700, sigh Face Material,' less otherwise f{ minimum have a minimof two widely spoced 9/16 ince shorter holes to \ smolt ped in the Alma. allow attachment of a warning light,warning reflector unit or approved \ 3. Vertical Panels Nall be manufactured with orOge and white mmt Che xterant sign. AM 12" ;go 6. The getand w o/the Mon body Shall hove a ntial s or four t less t an / sheeting stripes the Vertical Pane of DMS-8300 Type A 4' drags m0 white rlirofetl CctivO circumferential stripes not less than [onimmau8 smooth Diagaol stripes an Ver+i Cal Pails ehall lope down toward yyyyyy 4 inches nor greater than 8 inches in width. My ran-reflectorized Y J6• ' tail IM Korb trap ins he tended traveled Ise. _:$y space between any two adjacent hof stripes an0u not exceed 2 intoes in '//' ,`' ?g8+ Width. 4.Other sign massages Rest or symbolic,may De used a6 7. Bases shall nave°maxim",width if 76 inches,a maximum height of 9 76^ It ♦ acproved by the Engineer. Sign dimensions shall not exceed will inches, and a minimum of two footholds of sufficient size to alloy Dose ' IB inches In width M 24 Inches in height, sept for the R9 to be held awn Mile separating the drum body from the Dose. . / .I series Bions Olawaae0 in rote B pelow. n gi B. Plastic drum shall be constructed of ultra-violet sr°Dllized,Mage, 46e►��� ' S.Signs shell de installed using°I/2 inch bolt(nominal) a Y O high-densitybodpolyethylene aenc imm or Other approved material.bs. 9. Drum body Nall lave 0 Ildxim",unD011 o61@d weight Of II IDS. ' aro rot, two washers,and one Irokirg woerer for each 10.Drum and base shall De worked with manufocturer'e name and model number. connection. („4 4'Orange \ 4'White Detectable Eage 6.Mounting Dolts and nuts Noll be fully engaged and RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING adequately torqued. Bolts should not extend more than v2 imam ceras nuts. I• The stripes used on arum shall be constructed of sheeting meeting the �I color and retroreflectivity requirements of Departmental materials ./ `, r 7.Chevr0s may nc placed on drum on the outside of curves, Specification bus-e300, •van face later rola." rex A reflective on merging tapers Man When shifting tapers. used in these Sheeting shall De supplied unless otherwise specified In the plane. 2"Max. locations they may be placed on every drum or spaced rot 2. The sheering shall be suitable for use an and snail adhere to e drum more rnon on every third A minim",of three 13) surface n that, upon vehicular impact, the sheeting shallremoin should be used at each locatiati on called for in the plana. adhered in-place and exhibit no lamina,ins, cracking, or loss of retroref leaf ivlty other man thatt Ides due to rorasion of the sheeee ting 8.R9.9,89.10, R9-II and R9-IIa Sidewalk Closed Mons which surface. are 24 inches wide may be mounted on plastic drums,with INDICATOR BARRICADE DETECTABLE PEDESTRIAN BARRICADES approval of the Engineer. . The Direction Indicator Barricade may De used In tapers, I. when ax ist erg eedeor fm«niries ore disrupted(vIOSeaO, or BALLAST sitions, and other areasspecific directional relocated, 0 TTCtemporary facilitsnail gutaaroe to drivers is heawrfe e detectable and include zone,ccessibility restores consistent with I. uncal lasted bases shall be large enough to hold up to 50 lbs.of send. 2. If used, the Direction Indicator Barricade should be used the lectures present in the existing pe°estrrrlan fa°iu to. SHEET 8 OF 12 This Dose, en filled with the bollost material, should weigh between In aeries to direct the driver',rough the transinian and Into 2. where xaeatr ions with vi 1 di 50011 ole, lIy he M the intended travel lad. aimed sidewalk, a device that is 5etecto°le by a person .• (3p at�IpOnW 35 105(minimum)and 50 Ida Imaximml. The Dol lost may be sad in Onewith a visual disability troweling with rhe old Df a long con The Indicator Barricadehall cansi 10 thre8 8annmag8 separate iron the base. Baha in a sand-filled plastic 3. he Direction caorcanal.of One-Direction Division arrow shall De placed across the full width Of the closed sl°eralk. ,Texas DeprelMeet of TYansporfafion Standard rq approved by Engineer. Stacking Large Arrow(CWI.61 sign In the Bice shown with o block M Daae, or other Dal lash devices Oso d the E neer. Stacki Or etroraf leetivewsheeri J. Deter able pedestfion D°rri°odes semi ler f rhe one pictured - - -- on°Dackgraud Of Type BrLOr Type CO:mange ng e of sandbags will be allowed,however height of sandbags ODove pavement move a rail with Type A reirorei loci lve!seting in alternating 4' above, longitudinal channel iziM devices, m concrete surface why not t exceed 12 inches. white and oro os stripes sloping downward d on angle of barriers, and wood orhshein link fencing with continuouso 2. Bases with built-in ballast snail weigh between 40 lbs. and 50 lbs. 45 degrees in the direction rood users are tobows. sheeting types detectable edging can satisfactorily deioa°re a pedestrian BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION Built-in ballast can be constructed of an integral crumb rubber base or swami be as per DMS e3o0. °Oth. nein e ro solid rubber base. 4. Double arrows on the Direction Indicator Barricade will not be 4, pax, rope,or plastic c strung between devices a 3. Recycled truck fire sidewalls way be used for bol last on arum approved onowed. tete°*°Die• °°not openly with the design atandarde'^the CHANNEL I Z I NG DEVICES for this type of Dollast on the CWZTCD list. 5. Approved manufacturers Ore shown an the CWZTCD Lest. Americans with Disroi 111 res AOt Acceee lDll ity Cuidel Ines e0 Ballast shall de as approved by one eanufacturera Inerract lone. for Bui ld.nos Ond Face liries(ADAAG,"and should not be us 9, The Dol lost shall not be heavy objects,Water, or any material Icontrol for a oestrimovements. would beano nazordal9 to motorists, pedestrians,or workers when the 5. Warning lights shall not be attached to detectable pedestrian drum is struck by a vehicle. barricades. BC(S) -1 4 5.When used in regions susceptible to freezing,drums shall have drainage 6. Detectable pedestrian oorricoaee moy use s'nominal holes in the bottoms so that water will not Collect and freeze becoming barricade rolls as atom on BC110,prOVided anon the toe ft.s. pe-14.agn mu Tx00T jcu1x00Tinm'ROOT Ica NDOT a hazard Men Struck by a vehicle. roll provides o smooth cant irxmaue rail eultab l!for hand (ZION Norm.'2002 rat net an mmmm 6. Ballast shall not be placed on top of drops. roiling with no sal Inters,burrs, or sharp;woes. van•rope 7. Adhesives eoy De used to secure base of drums to pavement. 4-03 7-13 dhmut mann 0 9-07 8-14 23 az: I me I CxfIDITAS B'to 12' B"to 12' 8" to 12' B'to 12" i2. 1. The chevron shell De o vertical rectogle with O 1.--.1I~H E.---.4 I~ I. 1 minimum size of 12 by IB intoes. GENERAL NOTES -- 2. Chevrons are intended to give notice of a shore chage of of torment with the direction of travel I.work toe channel izlnp Oev ices it lusfrOfM o rhi3 snit may ce Installed and provide additional emphasis and guidance for in close proeimi ty to frail is and ore suitable for Use o high or low fi•- - vehicle operators wind regard to changes in Speed roadways. rhe Ergines+/Inbpecior soil endure toot spacing and efi 4° 4. _ MBn. horizontal 01 iprmeni of the roadway. Dl acetum}I9 uniform ad in accordance with the'Texas Manual an Uniform 24' },ChevrMb,+nen used, Snell pe erected an the aur- iraff iC Cantr01 DQV ite4 (iLUTCDI. >,�' $ee mirk w t"- See Side of 0 ShanD CUrv!an turn,an an the fa'side 2. Ctamel iZinp deVites 6hOwn an rhi3 sheet may rove a oiVlable, fixed an fi n /5� 4' rare 7 > 45° 1'note 7 portable Dox. The requirement for bell-righting channel lung devices suet LE' 90 of an intersection. They Mall in in line with be specified in the General Notes or other plan sheets. 7..1-: ad at right angles i0 approaching indfiit. 3. LMrneliZinp devices On self-righting supports should be used in wok lane q• q 4' Spacing Mould be such that the motorist always ghp nage In of iq hoot arses Mere t annel izinq devices are frequently impacted by error vehicles has three In vier, tel the c VP-1R J— or vehicle related rind gusts making alignment of the chomxlizirle devices x. VP-IL elimi hereof its need. difficult to maintain.Locations of these devices shall be detailed else- ug Fixed Base.Surfac e 4, To be effective, the chevron should be visible Mere in the pians. These devices snal I conform to the TMUTCD and the w/Approved Moot Roadway - i Rigid 36' for at least 500 feet. 'Idol tont Work Zane iraff it Control cevipe9 L781' ICWZTCDI. !+fig Adhesive Box Surface Supp' 5. Chevrons shall be orange with a block rateflec• 4. ins Contractor mNall maintain devices in a clean coati ion ma replace M - c,i/1 tive legend. Sheeting for the ctrevran shall be damped,nonreflective, fovea',or broken devices and bases as required by `�u �/ retroreflevtive Type&ter Type CtL conforming to the Engineer/Inspector. The Contracts'shall be required to maintain proper 99LL Departmental Material Specification DOS-0300, device spacing and Oligment, pg! IB' -47', SWport Self-righting 12'minilMl _ uflesb rowed otherwise. The legend Shall meet the 5.Portable DOSIS all be toe' ed firon virgin and/ recycled rubber. The embedmentednenr requirmeni3 of 011$-8300. sh portable bases Mall weigh a minimum of 30 lbs. lige depth 6. Pavement SW/aces Mall be prepared in a manner fhof ensures proper barring FIXED )zed Bose r/AporOved Adhesive 6, For Loo Term Srorionary use o topers o between the adhesives, the fixed mast bases and the pavement 9rface. (Driveable Box,Or Flexible io freeways rnhd divided o highways Adhesives shall De prepared and applied according to the eOadactmrer's ga: (Rigid or self-righting) Support con be used) self-righting chevrons may be used to supplement Se DRIVEABLE plastic drum but not to replace plastic drums. recommendations. 7. The installation and remove!of charellzinq devices shell not cause detrimental effects to the final pavement surfaces, including pavement surface dixolorotian or surface integrity. Driveable basea snail not be I. OP may Panels(VP's)are lanes of tsed+o aknnellie permitted on final pavement surfaces. The Engineer/Inspector Shell approve CHEVRONS traffic on divide opposing laza or trorric. all onpl icor Ion and removal propeaures or rixea basso. B'to 12" 2. VP's may be used in daytime or nighttime drop-offs ans. cSo '�.1 They may be used at the edge of Shoulder dro-offs and ��I other areas such as lane m eatirionls where positive 1 i daytime and nighttime delineation is required. The Engineer/Inspector shall refer to the Rodway Design >�8� Manual Appendix 0'Treatment of Pavement Drop-offs in � 4 Work 20neb"for ndditian01 OUidelines an ins Ube Of minimum Suggested Maximo pF 2/- Sote 7 VP's for oro-airs. �I DOSirW le $poo imp of o5b 1- n 36^ }.of Mold be noto two-way Dok to DIok if adwa o1 the pep! 414111-1 m m Il a Lengths creme'Izing ikS dr aur8 adf other r0 rr0-way iw0 IoM roadways. Stripes Speed FOf�la toper 5fik re ro ne+&fled+ive orange and reflective Mire and Mk Devices £ should always slope downward toward the travel lax. * 10' II' 12' Ono On a 6... VP'suseessw0y400/reewnyaorOtMgh - 011setOffsetOfleaftapertorpent-oro'v.- speedroOdeyaayhovemore roan 27o Sgweinhes302150' 165' I80' 30' 60'.a of retrorting s ve area focirg traffic. 35 L. WS 205' 225' 245' 35' 70' y Self-right ire superis Ore available richportone Dase. �� 60moo See"Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List" 40 265' 295' 320' 40' 80' EtEn - ICWeTC0). A., 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90' conforming gat the arts mall ae raSpecification on D A ' •�S I I I I_ pleas to Departmental Material Soecificotian 011$-8}00, 50 500' 550' 600' 50' 100' LI El -- (Rigid a self-ri ting) unless noted omerwire. 55 550' 605' 660' 55' t 10' 9th 7.Where the height of reflective material on the vertical L•WS :o panel is 36 inches or greeter,o pone!Stripe of LONGITUDINAL CNANNEL121NG DEVICES (LCD) 60 600' 660' 720' 60' 120' PORTABLE 6 inches shall be used. 65 650' 715' 780' 65' 130'_ I.LCDs are crasMorrny, lightweight,deformle devices tont or highly visible,nova good target value and con be 50 700' 770' 840' 70' 140' connected together. They ore not designed to contain or redirect a vehicle on impact. VERTICAL PANELS (VP51 2.LCDs may be used instead of o line on cones or drum. 75 750' 825' 900' 75' 150' 3.LCDs shall be placed in occordance to application and instal lotion requirements specific to the device,and 80 800' 880' 960' 80' 160' used only Men shown on the CWZTCD list. 4.LCDs stauld not be used to provide positive protection for obstacles, pedestrians or workers. **Toper lengths eaw been rounded off. 5.LCDs shall be supplemented with retrareflective delineation as required for temporary barriers L•ten9tn on ra tri 1 Wwldtn of Offset (FL, o Bwhenor CITI pieced roughly parallel to the trove! lases. S-Posted s �uPkn I.Opposing Traffic Lax Dividers(OTLD)ore 6. LCDs used as barricades placed perpendicular to traffic Mold have at least one row of reflective delineation oevlces designed to covert 0 sheeting meeting the requirements for barricade roils as shell on BC1101 placed near the top of the SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPACING OF normo'one-way roadway sectio to ira-way LCD 010119 the full length of the device. CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND ocerotion, oaD's ore used an temporary it' Cw6-4 centerlines. The upward and downward arrows MINIMUM DESIRABLE TAPER LENGTHS on the sign's face indicate the direction of WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS BARRIERS Panels traffic on either side of the divider. The mounted base is secured to the pavement withal I. water ballasted systems used os Derriere shall not be coed solely to channel ice rood users,but 0100 f0 protect ill back to back adhesive or rubber weight to minimize movement work space per the appropriate NCHRP 350 crashrorthiness requirements based on roadways speed ad barrier application. :ase by a vehicle impact per wind gust. 2. water ballasted systems used to channel ize vehicular traffic shell be supplemented with retroreflect ive del ineatien SHEET 9 OF 12 le' or channelizing devices to improve daytime/nighttime visibility. They may also be supplemented with pavement markings. • Ran/c 2. The OTLD may be used in combination with 42' 3.Water bol loafed systems used as portiere shall be placed in actoaaroe re application ora installation requirements Open)/ons ams or VPs. specific to the device, and used only Man shown o the CWZTCD list. peT$tlDivision Portable, c 4. Water bol lasted systems uses as Darr ens stauld rot pe used war a merging toper ezcept ie Iw epees near wino 45 APNI ,TIXme DmplrfrlMenf of henapayeflpn Standard -'36' Fixed o 3, Spacing'cones the OTLD shall not exceed 500 urban areas- When used on a toper in a low speed umbo area, the taper shall be delineated ala the taper length - • Driveable Bose flat. 42'caws dr VPs placed r then should re designed to optimize road user operations ban area,rg the available geometric conditions. may be used, the OTLO's shquld not exceed 100 foot apacinq. 5.When water ballasted systems used as barriers hove blunt ends exposed to traffic, they should De attenuated may be 1, the OTLD shall he Drage with o black non as per manufacturer recoml¢ndation3 or flared to a point awiaide the clear zone. BARR I CADE AND CONSTRUCT ION or ref letriv0 lepend, sheering for the OTLD stall on arum. beretroreflectiveType&tor Type CRc0+6rg CHANNEL iZING DEVICES Q — to Departmental Materia'Specification DMS-038300, If used to chamelize pedestrians, longitudinal ca iz elng devices or water De'osted 1 en _ unless noted otherwise, The legend Shall a f al!meet systems must have continuous detectable bottom far users Of longt canes and the top the requirements of DMS-8300, of the unit small not be less thon 32 inches in height. BC(9) -14 HOLLOW OR WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS son-14.don am Teel jam TeSOTIak ieDOT Ia.T000I OPPOSING TRAFFIC LANE DIVIDERS (OTLD) LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES OR BARRIERS ©TeDOT Hen: 2OO2 mm Inv xm .mag 9-07 0-I4 NV mem a 7-13 24 Ar: I III I UQIIois ek TYPE 3 BARRICADES Each roadway 0 a =��--- mvidea highway shall be ROADme _ _ 1.Where positive rarest.anal I.Refer to the Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Devices List ICWZTCDI barricaded in the sone manner. Rt1-2 n G20-6T r. _ - - capability Is provided,drum for details of the Type 3 Barricades and a list of all materials CLOSED _ _.. ti mar be omitted. used in the construction of Type 3 Barricades. 54-IOL EOM cmmmca \kms -- 2.Plastic construction fencing Z. Type 3 Bonricadee shall be used at each end of eanetrib}ion projects closed di all toast icon ' ' IIS may be used with arida for p} 3. Boor icades extending across a ro.raY should trove stripes that elope gr Jy, safety os Panels cm i the plans. downward in the direction tOrMO Mien traffic Trust turn in detouring. A`/ �- , .-..- P..... -\ t J.vertical Peels on flexible p suppdri >,� When Dorn right and left turns are provides, the chevron striping hey ��^+'` Lam(% �r, .. Typi Typical may dee slLsritutea for.runs when}n! fico� dace downward in both directions from the center Of the barricade. \� - QQ"dd.�_ %i _, shoulder width is leas roan a feet, `ot m Where no turns are provided at a closed road striping should slope -'�v'- _-� Plastic Drum 4.When the shoulder width is greater } rnwMd in both directions toward the center of coy, `�p`�� •s �r �- / than 12 feet,steady-burn lights gr 4. Striping of rails, for the right side of the roadway, should Slope ; IT 3t �r L ' PERSPECTIVE VIEW may be omitted if drums ore used, aowM°ra to the left. For the left side of the roadway,striping should slope doaaMd to the right. r ,e- 30 feet These drum 5. Drum must extend the length g 5. larriiaie mel makings may be shorn qtly On the Dock of the "' v- +� i -e� .re t reauirea of the culvert widening. barricade dei t i The mann heigI'o/lettere Mawr company logon M -war .way wZt u3p used for identification otibe Shellplace de I•, 6. Borricadea shall not be placed parallel to traffic unless M adequate PERSPECTIVE VIEW Detour LEGEND e clear zea is provided. Roadway eE Z 1.Warning liopts shall NOT be installed on barricades. oi ® Plastic true og# 8.Where barricades require the use of weights to keepfrailturning over, n R n g d a! the use of sandbags d si-dry, keep Mless sand is ecang andel. The 71 l7 Plastic dam with Ste din light pp sandbags wi I I be ries shut to keep the sand from spi I I Ing aro to The three roils on Type 3 barricades } p c �— ads tt' op; maintain a constant weight.Sand bogs shall not be stocked in a manner shall Dee stripes orange end 10.1 S k ®D ® or Yellow warning reflector that covers any portico of a Crotherde roils reflective sheeting. reflective white stripes on an side i g°« Rock, concrete, iron, steel solid On os will NOT be toting-Wayonemaytri traffic and both dices II II 11 II E Y S Steady burn warning light .82 permitted. Sandbags mould reign a minimum of 35 lbs and a maximum of for trricad traffic. �� M—W— W D or yellow warning reflector Ill vehicular lbs. Sandbags shall be mode Of a durable material that teors upon BMrtcade striping should.loot II II II II pot vehicular impost.Rubber Isucn a8 Tire inner tubes) shall not be used downward in the direction of detour. "S' 8 `� for ofs. device nn011 only be beploced along or upon the base Increose outer Of plastic drum on the supports the device are shall not be suspended above ground level p //side of iter itctraffic if the crown ge� Sorheeting twig with rope,wire, alnb or other recti fasteners. I.Signs should be mane.on independent he sMts at a 7 foot x u E 1 0 / width makes necessary. (minimm of 2 rig° 9. Sheeting for borricades shall be retronef lett ive type A conformingB'nom, length Type 3 Barico0es e- // to Departmental Material Specification DMS-0300 unless otherwise noted. mounting height in canter of roe0rar The signs aMula de a < and maximum of 4 drum) of 10 feet behind Type 3 Barricades. f oW €� 2. Advance signing shall be as specified elsewhere in the plans. PLAN VIEW e 08$ Barricades shall NOT PLAN VIEW and be used as o sign support. TYPE 3 BARRICADE (POST AND SKID) TYPICAL APPLICATION CULVERT WIDENING OR OTHER ISOLATED WORK WiTHiN THE PROJECT LIMITS 5.F Minim n $ B• I Wlam°r THIS DEVICE SHALL NOT BE USED ON SY nanlnat Reflecrice CONES MARCH45° • / Sheeting 3.._q. PROJECTS LET AFTER 2014. ego 6 6' 1 inches. i, T4"min, orange '° TYPICAL STRIPING DETAIL FOR BARRICADE RAIL 1 min. 3 fa. � 2"m 1' • y I4"min, white 2" O 88 8'max. 4" 2'min. 11. Aga I 4'min., " I4•mIn orange — �. kon ' iAor W " i "min 4"min. white LI6"min. 3" rNg2min.mimin.ll I. This device is iny fuse In piece of a vertical panel to Stiffener woe De inside Or outside of support, o re than I chane)ire traffic by indicating the edge of the travel Ione. It is M 2 stiffeners shall De Ol lowed an one barricade. not intended to be Used in transitions Or topers. TYPICAL PANEL DETAIL Two-Piece cones One-Piece cones Tubular Marker 2. This or tnceefYceeet shall �0e of used to lures of traffic(opposing FOR SKID OR POST TYPE BARRICADES 3. This device is based on a 42 inch, two-piece cone with an alternate striping pattern. four 4 inch retr°reflective bonds,with an °pproximate 2 inch gap between bonds. The color of the band should Alternate up 28"Cones shall hove o minimum weight of 9 1/2 IDS. correspond to the color of the edgeline lyellor for left edgeline, Alternate white for right edgelinel fon Mich the device is substituted a'fee 42" 2-piece cones shall hove a mini mm weight of which it supplements. The reilecrerized ponos small he retrorerleftine 30 lbs. including Dose. Type A conforming to Departmental Material Specificotial 0M5-8700, Approx. Oruns, vertical panels M 42"canes Approx. ® unless otherwise noted. t I 50 I at 50'm°ximm spacing I 50' mm of 30 lbs. Ile YII Ill 1. Traffic canes and tubular markers shall be predominantly orance, and SHEET 10 OF t 2 Min.2 tram Min, 2 drum meet the height and weight requirements shown above. • Traffic M t Type 3 or 1 Type 3 2.One-piece cues have the Ludy dna base of the cone molded in e consolidated Operation. barricade ® I barricade wit. Two-piece cones nave a tae shaped bony and o se.rpte rubber Daba, ,T roe Daparfrnanf of ihMpofaaffon Division y STOCKPILE or ballast, that is added to keep the device upright and to place. - — 3. Two-piece cones may have O handle dr loop extending up to 8"above the minimum ® height shorn" in order r°aid in retrieving the device. A 4. Cones°r tubular markers used der night shell hove white or Mite and Mange BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION 0 0 O O O reflective balls as sham above. The reflective bands shall have a smooth, sealed do one-way roods Desirable outer surface meet the requirements of Departmental Material Specification CHANNEL I Z I NG DEVICES downstream arum stockpile!motion 28'-8300 Tyne t. M barrio..mor be is outside Cfla should P devicess en pastockpilerallel it isf f.c 5. 28" r one tubular markers ore ned onl ly suitable for shortulduration Mall ed °mtiteo here clear zone. shwith he used Men vell is short-term stationary rock as defined on 00rBC(y1. These should not be sson r within 30' from travel Ione. for intermediate-term or long-term stationery work unless personnel is on-site to maintain them in their proper upright position. BC(1 0) —1 4 Ce 6. 42"two-piece cones, vertical panels or drum ore suitable fon all work zone orations. me. Oc-14.a21 mw ISOM Ja.Tib01Im 1,001 IcoTimOT 7.Cares or tubular mockers used on een project should be of the sere size OTUDOT November 2002 no, wmr mm .lett and shape. TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR MATERIAL STOCKPILES 9.07 8-141� °,m, *UM nlp 25 LT 1a/1 C hlulln WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS Temporary Flexible-Reflective DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Roadway Marker Tabs PAVEMENT MARKERS IREFLECTORIZEDI DM5-4200 GENERAL REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKINGS TRAFFIC BUTTONS DMS-4300 EPDXY AND ADHESIVES DM5-6100 I. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining ning work zone and I. Pavement workings that ore no linter applicable,could create onfuaian TOP VIEW FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW O4 existing pavement markings, in accordance withthestandard or direct a motorist toward or into the closed portion of the roadway BITUMINOUS ADHESIVE FOR PAVEMENT MARKERS DMS-6130 '• specifications and special provisions, an all roadways open to traffic shall be removed or Obliterated before the roadway is opened to traffic. I ��f/�%�/� ///�� l� PERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS OMS-8210 6 within the CSJ limits unless otherwise stated in the plans. 2. The above shall not apply to detours in place for less than three "^""^"j����//A 1 ° w 2. Color,patterns ane dimensions shill be in conformance rine the Oiys,where flegger5 ant/or sufficient chaxelidirg Devices are used 2" TEMPORARY REMOVABLE, PREFABRICATED DMS-8241 g i� "Texas Mocol on Uniform Troffic Control Devices' ITMUTCDI. in lieu of markings to outline the detour route. PAVEMENT MARKINGS TEMPORARY FLEXIBLE, REFLECTIVE DMS-8212 7.Ad0ifiaal eupp lemmtal pevement marking Details may pe found in the 3. Pavmmt markings small Der ved tO 1he fullest extent pose ibis, 4.,IA._y ROADWAY MARKER TABS -9 plans w specifications, so as not t°leave o discernable marking. This shall De by any method 2Adhesive pad -g approved by TWOOT Specification Item 677 far'Eliminating Existing Height of sheeting A list of prequalified reflective raised pavement markers. 4.Pavement markings shall be installed in acordase with the TWTCD Pavement Markings end Markers". is usually more than non-reflective traffic buttons, roadway marker tops and Other Ili and as shown an the pions. 4. The removal of pavement markings may require at Ing or seal d hem I/4"aless than 1". DOveent markings can be found at the Material Pro0ucer List $ 8eu 5. When short term markings are required on the plain hen, short term tooting portions of the roadway os described in Item 677, web address shown on BCM. markings shall conform with the TMUTCD, the plans and details as p,".b Shaw on the Stan00rd Plan Sheet WZISTPMI. 5. Subject to the approval of the Engineer,any method that proves to be successful on d particular type poemennt may be used. STAPLES OR NAILS SHALL NOT BE USED TO SECURE 6.When standard pavement markings ore Octnot in place and the roadway St' is opened to traffic,00 NOT PASS signs shall be erected to mark 6. Blast clewing may be used but rill not be required unless specifically TEMPORARY FLEXIBLE-REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKER the beginning of the sections where pissing Is prohibited and show in the plans. TABS TO THE PAVEMENT SURFACE F.': PASS WITH CARE signs at the beginning of sections where passing x83 is permitted. 7.Over-painting of the makings SHALL NOT BE permitted. ~ ast 7, All work zone pavement makings won be installed in a;Cordace 8. Removal of raised pavement Workers shall De Oe directed by the rwith Item 662, "Work Zone POvment Makings.' Engineer. 1. Temporary flexible-reflective roadway maker t !used os quidemorke Pt' Temporaroadwaytabs 9.Removal of existing pavement markings and markers will be paid for shall meet the requirements of OMS-8242. >,8 directly in ocARKERS a with Item 677, "ELIMINATING EXISTING PAVEMENT 2, Taps detailed w this sheet oreoa: e to De insDte0 ono eepted by The [ RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS MARKINGS AND MARKERS,'unless otherwise 8101!0 in the plans. Engineer or designated representative. Sona!irg and testing is not °gb I. Voiced pavement workers are to be placed according to the catterne 10.BIank•out making tope may be used to cover conflicting existing noramI ly rewired, option 0, rever at the of the Engineer,either'A' on 8[1121. makings for periods less than two reeks when approved by the Engineer. or"B"below may be imposed to assure quality before placement an the xgroadway. ktt 2.All raised pavement markers used far work zone markings shall meet ved the requirements of Item 672, 'RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS"end Deporfinental A. Select five 151 or more tabs of random from each lot or shipment Material Specification DMS-4200 or OMS-4300. and sabmlt to the Construction Division,Materials and Pavement fi` Section to determine spedificatian cool ions. bEB.Select five Al tabs and perform the following test.Affix five ZO E PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS (51 tabs at 24 Inch Intervals w an asphaltic pavement in a • agoI.Removable prefabricated pavement markings shall meet the requirements straight line. using a medius size passe agr vehicle or pickup, - of DMS-8211. run over the markers with the front d tires it a speed of 35 to 40 miles per hour, four 141 times in each direction.No op 2.Non-removable prefabricated pavement makings ifoil bock) shall meet more than one Ill out of the five(51 reflective surfaces shall -uS9B requirementsthe of OMS-82/0. be lost or displaced Os 0 result of this test. Ai Ft 3. Sm011 design variances may be noted between tun manufacturers. :8.R MAINTAINING WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS 4. See Standard Sheet WZISTPMI for tab placement on new movements. See 'rj an I. The Ctraresponsibleor prStandardfor on tor rill be fmaintolnirg ek zone pavement Sheet TCP17.11 tab placement seal coat work. o x a markings within the work limits. 2.Work zee pavement makings shall be inspected in accordance with the frequency and reporting requirements of nark zone traffic control crevice inspections os required by Form 599. RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS USED AS GUIDEMARKS 3. The markings should provide a visible reference for a minimum distance of 300 feet Miring normal daylient hors and 160 feet Men I. Raised pavement makers used as guidmarks wall be from the approved i IluninOted Dy outmmDi1e low-beam headlights at night,unless sight product list,and meet the requirements of 005-4200. distance is restricted by roadway geametrics. 2. All temporary construction raised pavement markers provided on 0 4.Markings foiling to meet this criteria within the first 30 days after project shall De at the sone manufacturer. placement eh011 be replaced at the expense of the Contractor as Der 3. Adhesive for guidemorks shall be bituminous material hot applied or Speci ficot ion Item 662. butyl rueber pod for all surfoes,or thermoplastic for concrete surfaes. Guidenarks shall be designated as: YELLOW- (two miler reflective surfaces with yellow bodyl. WHITE- lad silver reflective surface with Mite Cody). SHEET II OF 12 • Traffic Operations jr Texas Department of TYaneporfaflon O7wNon StandaN BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION PAVEMENT MARKINGS BC(11 ) -14 mu Do-14.dgn we Tx00T Jew.T4eTIoe Tm00T luoT0OT d'3T520T February 1998 ver mOT s pate MVISMA 2.92 7-Oi MOT n Ie -02 7-t3 01 Q a-11 OUT 26 '.2,1•1 I n,,,o-i, C IM11th STANDARD WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS DETAILS PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNS 60" • 3" Type Y buttons Type II-A-A 6 n KMfpb 1_❑ 10 0 0 ❑ 0 0 0\❑ 0 0/0 ❑ 0 DOUBLI � to 12" ° 10 to 12" a Type Il-A-A IO to 12" TYPe II-A �-A mutnn TO 0 0 O ❑ 0 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 Mfr' ap pp oop000p000poo } po Op000Oo NO-PASSINGREFLECTORIEED 4" m �~ °°o o�0 o°oo LINE N.M. Oto I2000000 " `fir` Yellow T Yellow 4/ Type 11-4-A1/' i _ Type Y buttons Yellow REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS-PATTERN A RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS-PATTERN A „ Type I-C , I-A o`11-A-A Type W or Y buttons EDGE LINE RAMA., 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 l_g SOLID"� Type II-A-A C� WM.EM LINES OR SINGLE 60" I_j. ' ld r, oopo �0o00.04000000000000000 0o}co000000 oao 0Q NO-PASSING LINE T "el low y o p ° J p 4" White or Yellow ogg 4 to 8" E>Type Y buttorlS 6 t°6" ��LL Type 11-A-A c 5 Type I-C Type W buttons REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN B RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS-PATTERN B �{ {_ 60' 1" � WIDE PERENENT 1-2, L0/o b 6 0 0 0 o/o o o POHern A is rhe r%p0T StanOara, hsrever PO++ern 6 may ce use0 if approve°by}ro Engineer. 14e5EKy ❑ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o g°e Prefabricated mark irgs mor it substituted for fefledtorized pavement makings. L INE TO e. CENTER LINE & NO-PASSING ZONE BARRIER LINES FOR TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS ea`IDk10500sMEG;iN..�cnk;9 "I` wxuws DISCOURAGE LAW re.k0lm:.1 White rg Type 1-C Type I-C or II-A-A ueb /� ooo0000oo 00000000 00000000 000 00000 CENTER IREISER ° 0 0 0 0 0 �5 ❑51❑ Wh i re <1 OTyne W buttons ' p✓Type I-C or I I-C-Boa LINE p°sa's r 10' —30' —I I_ I &g0 Yellow �� 0p bop °°° 0p 000 � m 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000TPeIA~ YeutonS OR '"5 _ LANE aNEu11111=11 �'�40' 1'—m{ PAVEIRENT flet .....................000.0.0.0...60..00006 DEMMEs ❑ �. ❑ !— LINE �.-lo'�� 30,.. "--------___, white or Yellow ';� Yellow `> Typo 1 Type V buttons"' BROKEN m$o 000 000 000 ppp 000 app Type I-C or it d-A _Fv Whi to\ (when required/ yy Type W buttons Type 1-C or II-C-R LINES .,mgB REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS 000000000000000000010000000000000000000000 RA SD PAVEMENT MARKERS I i•0 6• ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 0 AUXILIARY W a�m Prefabricated morkinas may be substituted for reflecrorized pavement markings. Type I-C WKua Type I-C or II-C-R :2•'- OR IA g` EDGE & LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAYe" LANEDROP a .o LINE les I♦ = M PAVEMENT I ,, � B, /z, Type I-C a weeks White.w. gala ppb 000 a Type II-A-A Type Y buttons a REMOVABLE MARKINGS 5' '1(4-116"101.-1—.1.— 6• �.) ::goo: oao°e°oo°Oo°000000so p 000°00oo°oeoao °2222 WITH RAISED M>v 7". 0 0 0 oao opo °o° 00 a PAVEMENT MARKERS {�--10'+Im— fig•—+I Yel low 00 bb° 000 p Opo ppm If raised pavement markers ore used Whited to supplement REMOVABLE markings, Raised Pavement Markers bp�Type I-C the markers mall be applied to the top of the tope at tr.aPProkimsre REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS mid length of rope used for broken linePrefabricated markings may be substituted for reflebtorized Pavement markings. soli lir at 20 host spacing far �- -I solid tros. This allows an20' 1' andmofa lines raised Date nt markers s cent.line spin-not to be used an sage Its LANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS SHEET 12 OF 12 /. Type i-C <7 7be DPparnent of Transportation Traffic operatio Operations Division 000 0130 one %oo eon nI Standard �Whi ter a <:1 - _ op e0 0000 0000 0 oop p MIME °'a a °°° m°'°(\f °°° a s°"m m°'° BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION Type Y— —Wellow— 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 00°0 0 0 0 0�0 0 0 00 00 10 0 0 0 0°YPe Ao 0 0°o 0 000 Raised pavement hankers used a standard PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNS Pavement markings shall be from the approved _ memo mem.= 000 000 000 000YE requirementsTypa 1-C 000 ppp products list and meet the of •] .1\ ''',W1-lite." \ Item 672 "RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS." BC(I L) —14 ti/ REFLECTORIZED PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS II. be-14.09n w.10001 IEA.T1p0TIom TAMT Ithire0y Prefabrlcoted markings may be substituted for reflectorized pavement markings. ©TK00T fsbruory 1994 Ear nor as moos, REVISMA TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE9e 9.7 "E" COW. n-02 8.14 O u 1100 I 0)DIIu1E 1l ♦ • ♦ . LEGEND END ®Type 3 Barricade ■■ Channel izing Devices ROAD ROAD WORK ROAD ��] Heavy work vehicle ® Truck Mounted __ WORK Attenuator (TMA) �� WORK T i 420 2 CW20-ID AHEAD Troi ler Mountetl e Portable Changeable AHEAD 4s' x 24" '•� CW20-ID 48" %48" -I- :0? Flashing Arrow Board Message Sign IPCM51 o m 48" X 48" (Flogso- T fiw (Flogs- See +e tl x \ i Sign a Traffic Flow See note ,I V r. 4 6i?� m E ; T v v 4 4 END Q Flog "V Flogger pA. v v ROAD WORK Sinim,a suoces*ea meninx/1�F S LEFTA NE % T neo%24" Speed Deeirmle Spacing of Yinirn 5 Posted Formula Toper Lengths Charnel izing Sion Longitua incl ~g o L CW20-STL CLOSED a 80 Devices 51 0110 Buffer space oO 'n g O 4B" x 48" 10' I1' 12' Ono Ona Distance .B. a'm F _ 011set OflMfOl80' Toper Torpent 5 T 6 30 2 150' 165' 180' 30' 60' 120' 90' 8 u m x a I o o •` a 35 L- WS 205' 225' 245' 35' 70' 160' 120' pc¢ 4U 60 265' 295' 320' 40' 80' 240' 155' 0 6 set �` �f • 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90' 320' 195' A b K V :---F s �{-�,.,Tr L 50 500' 550' 600' 50' 100' 400' 240' F°: Cwl •-6aT •nye 55 L-WS 550' 605' 660' 55' 110' 500' 295' CC" % 76" 60 600' 660' 720' 60' 120' 600' 350' •$R ?c f • f I 65 650' 715' 780' 65' 130' 700' 410' • -'0 Cwl•4R 70 700' 770' 840' 70' 140' B00' 475' m`° •�tti •. �p•• .1. 48" x 48" 75 750' 825' 900' 75' 150' 900' 540' 2, a •* 5 • e • N,. XX >, C O • • CW13-IP *Conventional Roads Only O• • r�._ N �— MPN 24" X 24" 4* Taper lengths hove been rounded off" A Shadow Vehicle with Ir 1l r • 7 r (See note 21A L-Length of Taper(FT) WWidth of OffSetIFTI S-Posted SpeedlMPHI Em TMA and high intensity Y G .��` ' m rotating, flashing, a i..•:2 &8n oscillating or strobe V=;,;Ia TYPICAL USAGE lights.(See notes 4 5 5) • • F. o MOBILE SHORT SHORT TERM INTERMEDIATE LONG TERM '-'�� • (See note 71------_______=::=7.2n - 5 • t • - DURATION STATIONARY TERM STATIONARY STATIONARY • • 2. 3 S Shadow Vehicle with • e TMA and high intensity e GENERAL NOTES wSo I• m rot0t inq• flashing, a 1. Flogs attached to signs where shown are REQUIRED. I fight oscillating or strobe f 2. All traffic control devices illustrated are REQUIRED, except those denoted light s.ISee notes 4&51 1 with the triangle sympol may be amities when stated elsewhere in the plans, ° Or for routine maintenonce work,when approved Dy the Engineer. -m Ag S • 1 3. The CW20-ID"ROAD WORK AHEAD'sips mon be repeated if the WO S w • 6 m visibility Of the work zone is leas than 1500 feet. see • I 4. A Shadow Vehicle with 0 TAO should be used anytime it cm be positioned • 30 to 100 feein advance of the area of crew exposure without°aversely F'€ • J • • affecting the performance or quality of the work. If workers ore no longer • • • o t o • • • C present but rood or woes conditions c require the traffic control t0 itutid In •® , /\ • • y CWI-5 3 pi«e, Type Sha 3 Barricades or other enamel'zing devices moY be substituted • • • 36" %36" for the Shadow Vehicle and TW. RIGHTAN • • (See note 2) •e LANE •7�• 5. Additie, Snoaor nose les n in TWAs may be positioner work the paved 4 CLOSED I� surf«e,near to ttpse shorn in order to protect wiser work spaces. I . • TCP (1-401 C•20-STR e J 6. If this TCP used for o left lane closure, CW20-STL"LEFT LANE CLOSED" 48" %4B' e }• signs shall De used am charnelizing devices shall be placed an the �. /.I♦Y CWI-4L center)ire where needed to protect the works pace frau opposing traffic with �Lf'• 48" %48" the arrow panel placed in the closed lone n r the end of the merging taper. . e XX cwn-1P TCP (1-40) ` �' e • J NPH 24' X 24" 7. where traffic is directed over a yellow centerline, channelizing devices i - • (See nate 214 which Separate tee-way traffic should be spaced an tapers at 20'or 15' •® if posted speeds are 35 soh or slower, and for tangent sections, of 1/2S '^ 4� x . where 5 isthespeed in mph. This tighter device spacing is intended • at for the areas of conflicting eOrkinge, not the entire work zone. an- —`♦ • •�i 'IGH LANE • Traffic ROAD . CLOSED °ae mats END WORK END - CW20-STR ,Texas D•p rtrn•nt of Th•nsporf•flon St•nd•N ROAD WORK AHEAD ROAD WORK\ . 48" x 4e 620-2 .r�,.fl, /� /� -� TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 48" X 24" CW20-1D 4a `' �/ �/ 4 4 . ,B" %4B" `� w LANE CLOSURES ON MULTILANE See note,) �- , • CONVENTIONAL ROADS TCP (1-4o) TCP (1-4b) WORD WORK TCP(1 -4) -18 AHEAD ONE LANE CLOSED TWO LANES CLOSED 48' x 4 roWont'°W e SECT J"' Je,lei MS., l•' 48' x 48` ©TOOT Wont*1969 (Flags- 7-91 4-96•v See note ii 6.95 2.12 sur menei xa I-97 2.16 28 0,7. L1/11 rl END END LEGEND ROAD WORK ROAD WORK ® Type 3 Barricade ■■ cruck Mountengd Deices �13 Heavy Work Vehicle ® Truck ctor (tl G20-2 G20-2 Attenuator THAI 6•ra- 48" x 24' 4B" x 24" ENDPi4 troller Mounted Portable ChanpeaDle oC Flashing Arrow Board M Measape Sian IPCM51 x.555 ROAD WORK l' - -s x V I V g 1 Sign a Traffic FIOw 420.2 u, �t 48" %29" .n ■ a c N N /�Vv Flag F I agger get iIN'.•-,•'1..- c le Suggested Maximum Minimm 1 o ..t4. einlmm gesteSpocinp of supan•a _" p s �- ....4'...P.4'..%. . E Posted Formula roper)Lengths Channel ulng Spooks)) Longitudinal -/ 4 4 '•iM,i`N�I,i Speed ** Devices ..x Buffer Space g "...I.� '•6:^ u ,n /� /� * to 11 Ir on a a,a .B.. Iv ; „L)t,t� X `l J' `lY Distance r ' .y,�.;�4 r offset offset offset Taper Tangent ■ „c'^ ■ 30 2 150' 165' 160' 30' 60' 120' 90' w` c 35 L• WS 205' 225' 245' 35' 70' 160' 120' oFg - ■ ■` 40 60 265' 295' 320' 40' 80' 240' 155' a 6 !See notes 4 8 51_ ■ 'mm \' ...Z.,'.... . 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90' 320' 195' w a i1^^.t• 'ti 50 500' 550' 600' 50' 100' 400' 240' 'go_ EXIT } 2iitf,,,,; i END LEGEND $ /� /� /� /� g ROAD WORK ®Type 3 Barricade ■■ Cnalnel(ding Devices `V' `Lf'' slJ' `tJ' G20-2 y�w Truck Mounted p] 48" %24- �Y Heavy Work Vehicle ® Attenuator (THAI bfi 0 0 i See Note e3 LC LLL FlaTroller MountedMessage Changeable '•' Flash imp Arrow BOOrtl M Message Sign IPCI,KI 'i END ■ y sly, Cj3 Traffic Flow 6°X 4> 4> 4>14> ROAD WORK hey G20.2 • Q Flop 10 Flogger 48. %24' g 1 See Note 13 ■:_;'1.104 minimum ,Suggested MOxlmm ?iF7•TYr Destraths Spacing of suggested ■• -Y Toper Lengths'I.' cha0el Bing Lu gltud nal ..S''' PI:Zei forlNla .1t swQo MM Devices Buffer Spore uog shadow Vehicles ^ ^ •I m0' II' 12' Ono Ona B- U c with TMA and sus f fd Of feet Of 1sefo Toper Tanpent high intensity • *nfS 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90' 195' cm rotor imps I ■• s 50 500' 550' 600' 50' 100' 240' o u flashing, oscillating or ■ 55 L•WS 550' 605' 660' 55' 110' 295' gg v, strobe lights 60 600' 660' 720' 60' 120' 350' v • • co ,g 65 650' 715' 780' 65' 130' 410' oo ■ 70 700' 770' 840' 70' 140' 475' • 75 750' 825' 900' 75' 150' 540' nano • o 0 80 800' 880' 960' 80' 160' 615' .~` ■(i�;i • *in Toper lengths hove been rounded off. m. ShaOOw Vehicle 4 4 C 'u ■+O! •: L•Len9th of ToperIFTI N•Nidth of OInset lFTl S•POated Speed 1APH1 rpvph •with TMA ora x' • LANE TYPICAL USAGE RIGHT ..%N nigh intensity • jQ�{ taring, flashing, ■ 2 1 LII CLOSED MOBILE SHORT STATI TERu ERM SE01ATE LONG TAAR 'crib asci llatinp or IIN CN20-STR DURATION STATIgNARx TERu STATIONARY STATIONARx a 8h strobe lightsI • 48.Se%one I I I Sea •none (See note 101 8�p • and 7� •y - c0002oT GENERAL NOTES abh2.2 K ■ 30" % 12' I. All troffic control devices illustrated are REWIRED. Devices denoted with the • • RIGHT Driers lr 4y"uol may ea witted of n stated elg devic in the pions. 5lq • LANE 2. Drums or dI'rasa are the typical MntnsRopers devices, For Internees term • CLOSED Stationary work, drams Sall De used on topers with drums or 42'cones used an • Ce'20-57R 'n t t a«fiOnS. Other Mandl icing devices so healed os directed bythe • .gen now Yseln Engineer. - • 48" 8 48' ■ 3. All construction signs as horrlcodes placed during My phase of work shall rem oIn �0 (See note 101 RIGHT in place until removal is approved by the Engineer. ob • 1000 FT • LANE 4. The Engineer may direct the contractor to furnish additional sive dor barricades as }i Z • Celk-2oP • CLOSED required to maintain traffic flow, detours and motorist safety during construction. ♦ 30" X 12" CN20•STP 5. Static message Ooorda a changeable message niye stating ins dote dna duration of see note • 48" X 48" rap or freeway lar closures shall De placed 0 minimum of seven 171 Calendar Boys ;�±c 1 and 7 8 (See note 101 in M/vntG of the aruol closure. • IOOOFT� 6.Phase 2 of the P015 message should include appropriate information formatted os smash 'n-n~g~ • MBC 16), such as'MERGE LEFT,"recommended advisory speed,deloy Inrorlmetint,or a1 1 -2- -t- RIGHT • CN16.2 - LANEother ate Inc warnings. CLOSED •� 30" % 12" 7. Duplicate construction waning signs should be erected at the medians side of freeways , C520-5TR ♦ erre medial width will permit and traffic volume Justifies the signing. 48- %48" B. Thr mater of closed lar,spy be increased provided the spacing of traffic control YL411.LS7(See note 101 ♦ - - devices, taper lengths old tangent length,meet the requirements of the TWTCO. y see note 9.Warning signs fa intermediate term statlanory nark should be mounted at 7' to the CN16-3 aP 1 and 7 J- bottom of the sign. 30" % 12" 2 10.earning signs shorn shall be appropriately altered for left loo closures.erten Signs 8 RIGHT LANES ore mounted of t'height for snort term stationary or short duration work, 519,versions o ® _ CLOSED shown in the 5H5D far Texos with distances on the sign face rather them mdmted on xxxx CN20-50TR o plague below the sign may De used. 1 4Se%ane 11.eMn 0Ossl5le, PCMS units should De located In agvaae of the last available exit racy s 1 XXXX (See nate 101 prior to the lane closure to allow motorists on alternate route. They may also be xxxx g /pleI E relocated to improve adefaae earning in case of unanticipated queuing or congestion. Seenote o PHASE 1 PHASE 2 _ Cert 6-7aP Io.fa shouldIntermediate Term Stationary work at night, floodlight. De used to illuminate I ono]•-\_. _ (See note 61 30' X 12" the work deo and npr d equipment crossings. Floodlights shall not produce a disabling glare t caaition forroad users workers. 2 RIGHT XXXX 13.The END ROAD WORK 1020-21 sign soy be omitted when it conflicts with G20-2 signs already in place 01 the project. ROAD o LANES XXXX WORK 4 4 4 4 • CLOSED xxxx 1 MILE y y 74-Terns Deportment of Trdaraporfallon PHASE 1 PHASE 2 *A Shadow vehicle equipped with Traffic Operations Ohlston Standard CW20•IF See note (See note 61 a Truck Mounted Attenuatoris 4 /�(•ul cu•T^ .0 48- X 48- 1 and 741 typluolly repaired. A Sailor vebehicle used Qif itpconrbehposlwMed11 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ROAD WORK are'of'crewi.0005weewithout FREEWAY LANE CLOSURES WORK 1 MILE adversely affecting the work performance. TCP (6-lo) TCP (6-ib) CN20-IF 48" X48" TCP(6-1 ) -12 TYPICAL FREEWAY TYPICAL FREEWAY 1c46-Lost o•.,•ocIJv.I•�71" 1.001lc.;'•o0I ONE LANE CLOSURE TWO LANE CLOSURE (1) February 1998 0.. 6-12 mer cow,. . n- 30 8: - 'i,LtI unIUR r. LEGEND `g, g`, END ®Type 3 Barricade •■ Chonnellzing Devices Truck anOr'ad 4 4 4 Q ROAD WORK pip Heavy work Vehicle ® Attenuator ITMAI 5 fi § § S 8 •020-2 END 4B" %24" Trailer Mounted Portable Changeable ` /� /� 2 ` (See Note 41 ® Flashing Arrow BOOrd M Message Sigh IPCMSI GUT aua cU+ a Traffic Flow "5. ROAD WORK I i sign o g w 419eeX24.Note 41 /� 0\ Flog Flogger gig T ^ V"\ / , /\ Minium lm Suggested Mowim U rL.capl• r on.,I oI Suggested Poet•d Toper Lengths-L- Cnn+n•Ililrp r spot. .•:':''1: F._,,,,,,,c. speed IIM Devices Buffer spas• S..'Y I` IO' 11' 12' • ono Ono -B- IOffeetoffsetoffs•t Taper Tongan, . l • 45 450' 495' 540' 45' 90' 195' kts' • ".jyicf 50 500' 550' 600' 50' 100' 240' ■1�;f ,: 55 550' 605' 660' 55' t 10' 295' F • v, "'•� Laws - " • • (*, 60 600' 660' 720' 60' 120' 350' '!I tl$ I. .fdt•Z.; �' 65 650' 715' 780' 65' 130' 410' gOe "E''y , 70 700' 770' 840' 70' 140' 475' • 4 Q Q c 75 750' 825' 900' 75' 150' 540' mss • •• F *gIi: BO 800' 880' 960' 80' 160' 615' °� Cw4-3R • ,T t • — 48" X **Taper lengths have been rounded off. ! I See note 21 • Shadow Vehicle L•Length of ToperlFTl w•width of OffsetlFTl S•POBted SpeenIWN1 t is • ■ with TMA and p�+F 1tt B rotatinhitentlashing, TYPICAL USAGE Y atrobea it tinp or sl lights MOBILE SHORT SmmORT TERM INTERMEDIATE LONG TERN g Pontine STATIONARY TERM STATIONARY STATioNARY b8h • • I I I • ` � • ROAD • RAMP USE GENERAL NOTES 5� k WORK m ■ NEXT g AHEAD CLOSED RAMP I. All traffic control devices IllusirOteO are REWIRED. Devices 6 h=`' cw2O-ID denoted with the triangle syabol may be omitted when stetted RII-207 OB" %4B" elsewhere in the Diens. a8' %30' m$p i'7m�2�;'+�w''J I� 2. ADDED we LArE andl ainion1 con mos be omitted*hen sigh : Shadow Vehicle •1'Y'") IrJ V V Cw25-IT between rang Old moinloM con be seen from both rooOwoya. with TMA and • Tj+T /`H ■ /. 4B' %4B• 3. See•AOvanne Notice List-an BC161 for recatewoded dote �c� MPH 10' // Isee note II "mot high Intensity �iFC • / and time formatting options for PCMS Phase 2 message. b rotating, •flashing, •-."-d%-" ':' 24' • 0 PA 4. The END ROAD WORK 1020-21 sign may be omitted when it i P w asci l lot ino or '' 24" •X 24. ■ ■ conflicts with 020-2 signs already in place on the project. strobe lipnfaI y (Plague • Ramp to remain closed ...3...21 tf I'j; See ate 1 1 yr • unt i iwork spore is 1500' a g o //�� //�� //�� _ ���_ F e post entrance to freeway a •s V V ZI-■ • -T tIA•h000w veniale 1pu ippe0 with o truck YOuhtld At terypty is • typically required. A nhadcn vehicle eatipped rite a TW shall ii • • be used if it son be positioned 30' to 100' In advance of the • J area of crew eapo8ur!without adversely affecting the nark • • pertCrnance. • � • 'fin • F e, 4 ® v, ENT RAMP XXXX • •— _� TO BE XXXX Additional requirement.for lone closures and advance signing • CLOSED XXXX mall be as shown on TCP I6-11 or es directed by the Engineer. IrI• N ISee noSE PHASE I PHA2 • note 31 • • • See TCP16-11for • ® Lone Closure • • Details ond /� /� Additional — Texas Deportment of TronslgorloIIon /� 4 n `1J `V • signing. Trornc Owor7ons Division StaMdrd 41 4 4 4RAMP CLOSED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN See TCP16-11for AHEAD Lone Closure Details and CW20RP-30 WORK AREA NEAR RAMP Additional 48• X 48" Signing. TCP (6-2a) TCP (6-2b) TCPI6-2) -12 ENTRANCE RAMP OPEN ENTRANCE RAMP CLOSED o Febru r o-e aWrlr�c•IeJoe Loan •.Laa1 C T bot February 1994 vmmu WORK WITHIN 500' OF RAMP aT 8.911 m hlwt WWI' H•, NO. sae /-12 31 �' I 4u,1 c,011ul it W 4o' I GENERAL NOTES 5 ti ! THE SYSTEM SROM ON THIS DRAWING 15 A BARRIER TRADED AS BARRIEROUARD 600 NM BARRIERGUARD 000 5 AND HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED BY LAURA METAAL ROAD SAFETY INC. FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND APPLICATION !� P . cy�. SUPPORT CONTACT LEE STUART AT LAURA METAAL ROAD SAFETY INC. AT 17021 664.2009 OR Nu0rr.lourO •P N•o010r100N.C•I I *O. pUM ®= flag O ••• 2. THE BARRIERGUARD BOO SYSTEM HAS BEEN CRASH TESTED TO MASH AND HAS ENNA PROHAL AS A T3 BARRIER. 0 0 •__•m THE OEFLECTIM TABLE OUTLINES BASIC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND CIPONENT ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS. �P / 0 0 1. THIS DRAWING PACKAGE PROVIDE5 TOE RELEVANT INFONATION ANO GENERAL GRAPHICS REQUIRED TO IDENTIFY TIE COMPONENT. Aej PARTS OF BARRIERGUARD 6ND THEIR INCORPORATION AS A HO LE SYSTEM FOR DEPARTMENTAL STANDARD APPLICATIONS. LIFTING POINT LIFTING POINT .LAR VIER LIFTING POINT LIFTING POINT 4. BARRIERGUARDC BARRIERGUARD WC REWIRES ANCHORING IPIMINGI AT EACH ENDO THE INSTALLED LENGTH. ,INTERMEDIATE ANCHORS CAN BE USED TO REDUCE DEFLECTION,. - —22"-1 ilia5. INSTALLATION OF BARRIERGUARD BOO OR BARRIERGUARO 100 MDS,NORMALLY STARTS WITH A MALE TERMINAL SECTION - • AND IS FINISXED WITH•FEMALE TERMINAL SECTION. STANDARD SECTIONS ARE USED BETWEEN THE TERMINAL SECTIONS TO OBTAIN THE REWIRED LENGTH OF POSITIVE BARRIER PROTECTION. m • °• S • ° O e°* °e O 6. THE FULL HEIGHT TERMINAL IFHT1 SECTIONS MAY BE CAPPED WITH A NOT COVER, HOWEVER IF EXPOSED TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC THE ENO SHOULD BE PROTECTED WITH A SUITABLE CRASH CUSHION. THE BAPRIEROMARD WDG RANGE IS COPATIBLE WITH MOST COMOU OHLY USED CRASH CUSHION END TREATMENTS. FOR DETAILS OF BARRIERARO 600 CRASS CUSHION N e ° ° CONNECTIONS THAT ARE NOT DETAILED WITHIN THESE DRAWINGS,PLEASE CONTACT LAURA METAAL ROAD SAFETY INC.FOR MORE I. DETAILS. THE FILL HEIGHT TERMINAL COVER IS SUITABLE FOR THE'DOWN STREAM-END OF A SYSTEM THAT DOES NOT HAVE EXPO _13 _I F r ,__, ,_� v °�� u u u wHEN INE TO ON-CO/ENG M TRAFFIC. J T• ANCNCHORSSALONGNTNE LENGTH OF INIRMA THEN BARRIERS 01.01 AT IMINTERTHE SSSH INN THE INSTALLED TABLE.EACH BARRIER CAN .'F ELEVATION VIER BE MADE UR OF ANY MIXTURE Of THE SYSTEMS BY THE INTRODUCTION OF RM INTEEDIATE ANCHORS AND/0R T-TOR AS REQUIRED. i 6. THERE E SEVERAL WO METHODS OF ACHIEVING RADIUS INA LENGTH OF BARRIERGUARD O.RADIUS CAN BE ACHIEVED USING 1 MRRIERGLNRD ENO SECTION AO rT. MALE OR r[WLLE[HD SECTION ARVARIOUS METHODS AND THA ALLOIINC THE BARRIERGUARD TO FOLLOW THE DESIRED CURVATURE IN ME INSTALLATION• THESE rls METHODS ARE, THE MDVEIENT IN THE WICXLIR, ADJUSTABLE 20AT.SECTIONSO S OR OTT ANGLED SECTIONS MICR ALLOW A RADIUS AS LOW AS RIFT, FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND ADVICE CONTACT LAWS METAAL ROAD SAFETY INC. " 40' 9. A BARRIERGUARD BOO VARIABLE LENGTH BARRIER IVLBI SECTION SHOULD BE USED MEN BARRIERGUARD 600 OR BARRIERGUARD �� BOO MDS IS 601010ED ACROSS A BRIDGE EXPANSION JOINT. IF i-TOP IS TO BE USED IN CONK/ACTION WITH THE VLB. THE •: • m •®• T-NOR SHOULD BE USED FOR MINIMAl SOFT ON EITHER SIDE OR THE VLB AHO TERMIIMTEO WITH TRANSITIONS. THE VLB •,•• TOC PPROVIDE MORES EXPANSION ORL CONTRACTION. TOE VLB S7M10LLDCBETPLACED IN THE TVICINITYY OFETHE BEXPANSICN JOINT. THE VLB DOES NOT NEED 70 BE PLACED DIRECTLY OVER THE EXPANSION JOINT BUT MSI BE BETWEEN THE NEAREST ANCHORS ® _ so ••• DM EACH SIDE OF THE JOINT. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE YLB IS PLACED WITHIN MFT OF THE JOINT. e•R. 10. THE LATE.CAN RE INSTALLED EITHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE IS056RWARD BOO HAS BEEN FULLY ASSEMBLED AND ANCHORED IN PLACE. T-TOP IS REWIRED MEN THE BARRIERGUARD BOO USED AS A MDS, ANCHORED EVERY 20FT,GATE SECTIONS 2,2 APO `LIFTING POINT J `LIFTING PERM LIFTING POINT J 0 0 AND VARIABLE LENGTH BARRIERS. THE T-TOP SHOULD EXTEND SOFT M EITNER SIDE OF THESE CCADITIONS AND BE LIFTING POINT PLAN VIEW TERMINATED•NTH TRANSITIONS. to 11. INE BARRIERGUARD 600 RANGE AS BEEN DESIGNED TO BE USED ON AND HAS BEEN TESTED ANCHORED ON ASPHALT, CONCRETE ai AND COMPACTED SUBBASE. CONTACT LAURA METRA ROAD SAFETY INC.FOR FORTNER INFORMMTIM. VY • . fj A 12.BARRIERGUARD WW COOPONENTS ARE WMFACTUED IN SI METRIC)WITS. ENGLISH WITS SHOW ARE APPROXIMATE. —01 7L+T7j�'Lr+r ALL COMONENTS ARE FILLY GALVANIZED. NSn • • 13. BARRIERGUARD 800 SYSTEMS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS DETAILED DRAWINGS,PROCEDURES AND SPECIFICATIONS. FOR ANY INSTALATIONS OUTSIDE OF THE SCORE OF THESE DRAWINGS IS • • PLEASE CORTACI LAMA METAAL ROAD SAFETY INC. FOR DETAILS. :b �5N 1 °•°' BBARRIERGUARD BOO DEFLECTION TABLE u v u ELEVATION VIER .� 1__., y � � il:Tii1 I IMINIMA DEFLECTION I.5 BARRIERGUARD STANDARD SECTION • 40 FT. STANDARD SYSTEMHE [ SYSTEMS IMDS1 _ DESCRIPTION�� 0ENDS OF INEDBMRIER LEN H 20 OT[vERT TRAMOSI111OROrl TRA IT1011 _ NE RE0GIR17AT f n,i-,' .41i lillit I R[ 11[V2- 31, 19' W'/" 31 T-TOP REQUIREMENTS NONE REOUIRED MOSWfENCQIMS t 1_ • — — — • AW „ _ tQ 21• I B:::::EID 1 E �� �� FULL 2HEIGHT STANDARD ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS ITABLEI FEMALE END MALE END TEIVOINAL COVEN RESIN STUD ANCHORS DRIVEN ANCHORSHilt;11S1.-3 In8 CROSS SECTION CROSS SECTION SWALLOW MECHANICAL `-• J t_.-._7 CONCRETE* nyktriEE2 ASPHALT ASPIMLT SUBBASE/SOIL CONCRETE . . 20' T-TOP SECTION SIDE VIER ANCHOR DIAMETER I In. 1 In. I In, 1.3/16 In. 5-1/2 In. NN E.yl• EMBEDMENT DEPTH A In. 0 In. 16 In. 16 In. 32 In. E N n SIF S T-}OV LOITER PLATE DRILL DIAMETER 1.1/W In. I-1/B In. I•141In. 1-3/16 In. DRIVEN N H Q - PILL OuT "W.''0 17500 lb WA N/A N/A N N CAPACITY 15NMIN1 .....„.-60800 SECTION AR CAPA ITY101 25000 I* 25000 I* N/A N/A N/A N N 67"--y SSI' I LINEAR LENGTH•24.6' T-TOP TOP 7/ \_, 020-2.5 X 120m N ALTERNATIVE ANCH0R5 INCLUDING MECHANICAL ANCHORS FOR CONCRETE MAYBE USED IF TOOT CLAWING PLATE ILLY THREADED HEX BOLT MEET THE STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS LISTED. DETAILS BILL BE MANUFACTURER SPECIFIC. • 11['71 • !limit =- N N CONTACT, LAURA METAAL ROAD SAFETY INC. FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION. T•TOP MOUNTING DETAIL / . ONIMNOPERM Des(�F1 • CEE 5•�W=, ,7breA OWp6rtm•nt of TYWn•porteNon Standard °ARRIERGNARD SDG BARRIERGUARD 800 SYSTEM NEUTRAL POSITION :: RETRACTED POSITION END SEGMENT 1 A:: ........— I STEEL BARRIER `i 111,,11III /AIM! • ,;[,; / E� MASH TL-3 i 411:11, 31 T _- ; -- T BARRIERGUARD-i9 ��_ HWua�� ��� 1r.111-W; - �- EMBEDMENT �■ FILET GArr ler 000OIN.YV1 DM 1.001 [MALI IONVP ICK, • 11'=-L HOn1 Am IRR, RIGHT HA D ANGLE SECTION r[ i DEPrN I 1.0011 MT 2019 CONI SECT JOB HIGHWAY EXTENDED POSITION SIDE . - S•IRHI HAND ANGLE ASPHALT LAYER REvi510HS SIDE VIEW IO ILO LETT HAND ANGLE SECTION INTERMEDIATE MI NOR IIF PRESENT, VARIABLE LENGTH BARRIER S.ILMI LEFT BAND ANGLE SECTION IOHI(RRIGHT HAND ANGLE SECTION AT OUICILINR SEE ANCHORING TABLE DIST EOUNTT SHEET TO. �" CxT110R P. GENERAL NOTES I. Refer to Installation manual one configuration chart for specific system ossen'bly and element orientation. 6fi � Length Ivories) (See Tablet m Lfor additional information. Contact Interstate Steel Inc. 35 NC' V System of (432)263-3725. s8e 2. The ABSORB 350 system is approved for use in temporory (Work Zone) locutions. The ABSORB 350 is o water filled yton-redlrective, gating crash Cushion that does not need S"r to be attached to a foundation ono can be installed on top S Of concrete• OsphOlt, or any surface capable of bearing the g € u f r—I —r refight Of the eYstem. ugL. u I �I —- — m 3. Modified Type A one Type B elements require drilling Of on a« 3 additional 3" Dio. hole los shown). See Manufocturere r,r� D . instollotion manual for details. Xwu (� n n7/111 n n Hal n n n I ,,,.,, 4. MOximm permissible cross-slope is 8%. gg Steel Backup (Attach to l S. The installation area Should be free from curbs, elevated r� Precast or Cast-in-Place ELEVATION objects, or depressions. a h Concrete Barriers) See Manufacturer's Product Monuol 6. The ABSORB 350 should be OOproxlmotely parallel with the g o.° * Tne ABSORB 350 is design be for Additional Details barrier or E of merging barrier. O o applied to barrier up to 33" TRAiPIt� toll. To accmmnodote toiler _ ...._- barrlers. o transitional Element Length Type B (Modified) 'cggr bprrier must be used. See nate 3 BILL OF MATERIAL (See Monufocturer's reguirments) I 35/2 `yl 1 p kw.– PRODUCT OTy CODE DESCRIPTION ► �•—. • • • e • • • • B010825 I Replacement Nose Assembly i o �1 11 11 11 11 • I 1� 0 Type A I Type B 0 I 0 I Type B O I 0 O I O Q I O Type A O B010830 1 Nose Piece Cover 0000307 TBD Type A Element Assembly s8w ►'' s • 11 I. a Il, s f' • • �� s I' Al e 8000708 TBD Type B Element Assembly ^ag A-` 8000706 TBD Replocement Element Type A eg.b 2' } Width 8000708 TBD Replacement Element Type B EhZ B000S20 1 Replacement Transition to PCB L Type A (Modified) TRAFFIC A010420 TSD Pin Link Hinge Locking ego PLAN See note 3 B000520 I Transition Adopter Assembly 0000209 TBD Strap Left Adapter dog 8000207 TBD Strap Right Adapter a;§le 6000611 TBD Adopter Hinge Plate �21“2 A000521 TBD Anchor Bolt (U-Bolt) g: 8000518 1 Tapered Adopter a io 8020421 TBD I Beam Adapter female B020420 TBD I Beam Adapter Mole CO21212 1 Transition to Link N I (TBD( To Be Determined, depending on System Length. (See manufacturer's product manual) None Cover 1 )Delineotionl TEST NUMBER SYSTEM BACKUP SUPPORT LEVEL Cf LENGTH ELEMENTS topprox.I Steel Backup (Attach to Concrete Barriers, SECTION A-A Precast or Cost-In-Place) Required Information Nose Piece delineation TL-2 5 orientation, Is shown - The use of the ABSORB 350 is restricted elsewnere on the plons. TL-3 10 35'• O. tO 0 maximum Sorrier height of 33 inches. TRANSITION OPTIONS The ABSORB 350 is only to be Steel Backup to Vertical Boll used in temporary (Work Zone) Steel Backup to Concrete Traffic Barriers • � I ocot i ons. �e., ,Taxes Ospaftment of Twaportallon Standard Backup and Transition types are shown elsewhere on BARR I ER SYSTEMS the plans (I.e. Attenuator location details or in ABSORB 3 50 the general notes). CRASH CUSHION (TEIgPORARY, WORK ZONE) ABSORB-13 oCaorol).Epn os.NM Jos All IAmBD IP. ©18001 S.ptwmer 2005 ,.r mu w .sae,. Amuses DIP 0.01' SIILII LJUSIL•l ft 20'. o usualI 41' 4'/:• IELL I7 5' 21- (10'- 0') Half Section (Shown) I fT I �e a- 10' 30' 6' Din. Banding Pin 13 1/ - n 13'/� Connection Trough Half Section H2 Bars 22%r• I 7. 2• H E J 6: I 21' h` Trough for Dolt \ joint correct ion 8 1 l' PVC. Drain Pipe I (8)-H2 Bore (12)-V2 Bars (17)-VI Bora V2 Bars (Hole PVC. Dr to drain sloth 1.41 Bore (•4) Bore r6 Steel pipe -VI Born 1.51 Bars required for \ REINFORCING STEEL DETAILS Note) Use nl 2' Dio. Bending Pin, joint connections unless otherwise shown - ___ — T — Q 28• TYPE I - BARRIER SEGMENT gg H2 Bare_ I I I I I I I '/r- Nom. Dia. 2' 14' Steel Pipe required Lifting VI Bors� [over for Connection Bolts Pipe 66 �- MI r' 10• II 28' 66 I I X1 Bare /, IIS''' ,v ti30' 24' Long x 2' Deep NOTE+ CONCRETE ON BOTTOM HALF OF PLAN VIEW 7• i? 127 Required Drain Slots IS REMOVED IN ORDER TO SHOW DETAILS 3 Equal �12• 10' EARS / kk PLAN s Equal 20" S€ (TYPE 1) BARRIER SEGMENT H2 Bars z' COVER (SYMMETRICAL ABOUT CENTER LINES) 6'� _-- 2' Cover 5• a$ I 7- Trough for Joint 3 t' —7 co,ER VI BAR v1 ears A� B� r12 Barn v2 Bor cove- connections II- 6 -gy\ I Half Section irq \ 2' nom. die. lifting appro 12' C-C Max. Steel or Sch.40 PVC, agorae. E 26' ! 4'- 0' from eocn barrier end. £ cat v. steel Pipes 1---- SECTION A-A SECTION B-B go rewired for joint 1 1 corrections I GENERAL NOTES �-^.F I. Low Profile Concrete Barrier ILPCBI, is approved for use in temporary work zone locations, where the posted speed /'rsI 20' is 45 mph, or less. 1; J r 2. Concrete shall be Class H for precast barrier pp[ with O minimum compressive strength of 3,600 psi. 4 h H2 Bars I L 2-I xI I_ 3. Where used, rebar reinforcement shall be Drain Grade 60 and conform to ASTM A615. g I IIID ( I I I ISI "' Bre ! 4. Precast LPCB barrier length shall be 20 ft. h1 5- 4' 4. 4.2 5' 5" 5- 6' 7' 12" (2- 40 5. All barrier edges eholl hove):" chamfer or a II tooled radius. e2 A FOR CONTRACTORS INFORMATION ONLY AJ ELEVATION B 6. Joint connection hardware shall be in accordance fj (TYPE 1) BARRIER SEGMENT (TYPE 1) with (ram 449, 'Anchor Bolts.' ond is considered •y b SYMMETRICeI ABOUT CENTER LINES( APPROX. QUANTITIES 20 FT, SECTION subsidiary. P- CONCRETE CY 2.6 7. Steel pipe required for joint connection bolts shall be o I REINFORCING STEEL LBS 330 golvonizeo in accordance with Item 445,-Galvonizing.- TOTAL BARRIER WT. LBS 11000 B. Welded wire reinforcement (WWR) may be used in lieu of conventional reinforcement for Type 1 barrier, and IWWR) GENERAL NOTES shall meet the requirements shown. 4'/1(TyDI I. DeformedtSTM Awel ed Wire Reinforcement shall conform 497. SHEET 1 OF 2 T �1' "� 2. Welded tiro toga may be cut or bent, if necessary, 4�' ^I O I but oust be approved by the Engineer. 26' Standard n IL ,7bres Ospertmenf ol7YnpporNNon Sbndro 3 Equal IO'/• 12' Lop Spaces O —,� 20'17'/z• 3. Combinations of reinforcing steel and WWR are 4. 4• 5- 9'/= --' (TYp) Permitted, Os directed by the Engineer. The 1 '�- dia. x 26' rods r--I LOW PROF I L E l .j' I ✓ dimensions from the end of the barrier section Min. 4• threaOe� 6u- I to the first wire shall not exceed 3'. 14) I v+ "_° o CONCRETE BARRIER NNS :nn z i REQUIRED IWWR) WIRE DESIGN Hex Nut Grade 5� I I_ 10• I 5%2' PRECAST BARRIER 21'— 21• I 141 I �/' g0i,— •00 SECTION A-A SECTION B-B 8 - (D311 Horizontal Wires (Equally spaced) Flat Hardened4 ?'/' (TYPE I I 10- (D20) Horizontal Wires (Equally spaced) Washer 29- (D20) vertical Wires (Spaced as shown (2) CONNECTION BOLTS PLATE WASHER LPCB-13 in Elevation View) (2) Plate Washer ASTM A36 5' x I0• a 3/e- ,1)[ 100013.dpm ewN.WOT J..IA 1.10, 1°, 5' x 10' x 3/B- ©T.DcI booster 2010 COOSEV .,a WOOM WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT (WWR)- OPTIONAL REINFORCING Note) Rods, Hex nuts ond Nowhere .+.I.Ias shell be Galvanized. UST rnsn '''34m exnlolO A iZ §; 20"- 0• I'e 5'- 0• 7 at 24• Spacing C-C Approx. 21%2. 28" $` Drain Hole— 1 N• Dia. Steel Anchoring Pipes kg 1 T 63 Ir - ` Ly I I I----I -.; 14 MC' 4 s I ° l o 0 0 o a. o o I 1 " I wt __ I 14• Iv it30" to Droin Slot I T 2• nam. Ela. lifting pipes, 26• '-` 2" nom. Ela. lifting pipes, Steel or Sch.40 PVC, oppfox. 2i Steel Or Sch.90 PVC, approx. Identical to LPCB (Type I1 5'- 9' from (Type 21 Dorf lar y end.(See General Note 6) PLAN o• from trype 2) barrier end.(See General Note 6) APPROACH VIEW >.'8 4'- (TYPE 2) END TERMINAL s',1H3 ear VI Bars TYPE 2 - NOTES 5 , HI Bore v1 ears v3 VS 1. welded wire rel forcmem (W'WRl is •row• m option for i V2 Bars- ", ars- ABa• gar 9a v6 V7 TYPe 2 Borr iar. i Bar B� vB V9 g Ba' Ba' VIO VII V12 2. Type 2 Borr ier anal) De used as an Mtl }faOtrtgnt Bor Bar V13 V14 for the Type 1 barrier segments, when applicable. Y __ - Bar gar Bar 3. The end treatment can be used without the anchor pins S o _ ===110in locations that can t ofthdate opproximotely 4 ft. N.= _ _2•Min. of lateral displacement the end 1reetmht.The use Of `�? ---���' __�-- Cover non-pinned end ct treatment Low- not offset the performance g or the edeflection of the does le barrier . �4 g6 H2 Bars ( D(Oln SIOt 1 J. 4. The anchor pins ore all the same length and are to k£ / II / IIII I I .I I I I I I I I I I be driven flush with the top of the (Type 2) barrier surface. go 5" 4.4.4'/5. 5" 5" 6" 7• 7• 6%2 12• 12" 12• 12• 12• 12" 12• 12" 12• 12" 12" 12• 015 v16 5. The bends in the H3 and HI Dors ore slight, no Bar Bor formal bend is necessary. 55 Note: 6. The Type 2 barrier segment must be lifted from the VARIES ELEVATION Anchoring pipes not rear first, to prevent crocking of sloped section. fi (T5•) ISEE CHART) 4" 11 1 t_ (TYPE 2) END TERMINAL shown In E'evatIon view 7. See LPCB sheet 1 for additional information. yr y'si3' !h rc — [—I 22VxI �" 4Y4" I� n �3• Dia. USS washer 26" k 1�w 13/x' 10y II ff A—A- 6= e U� weld woaner ro I 'Ve dia. x 26• rods 4• 4" 5 , • 1 ''/1• Steel Pin r� 21• I ' V12 Bar V15 Bar I '/,' dia. min. 9• threads —Ii• O 2/." t. (6)-v2 Bars c 30• (Head of Anchoring Pin) Hex Nut Grade 5-�-- 10 1 5/2• 02 q1. m 2 4) 1 '1/ fl0���,�ON -£ 5" 21 q 1 IH—I O—�I F I of Hardened ?'/ BARIt41 X 115.1 Y IMO ITYP) -m I I washer WF.°E v3 BAR 20'/ 14'/2 i LJ (2) CONNECTION BOLTS PLATE WASHER T (2) Plate Washer ASTM 036 5• x 10• x�• V4 BAR 19'/t 13%2 I VI Bar V16 Bor (7) Anchor Pins (See Note 3) 5• x 10' x 3/e• c g- VS BAR 16 V2 12 V I}%2•LASTM A36 Steel Note) Rods, Hex nuts and Washers V6 BAR i7%2 11 V. shall be Galvanized. V7 BAR 17 10'/ , / V9 BAR 16'/ 9 1 " j-2�- V9 BAR 15%2 B (5)-VI Barg (4)--H2 Bari 1-1 010 BAR 14'/2 7 (45) Bars L__--J FOR CONTRACTORS INFORMATION ONLY SHEET 2 OF 2 vn BAR 13 N 6 REINFORCING STEEL DETAILS VI4 Bares (TYPE 2) .aa o TYPE 2 - END TERMINAL APPROX. QUANTITIES 20 FT. SECTION Note: All V Bars ore (44) ,Texas Depernnentolnanspodstion SfenEIN CONCRETE CY 1.65 Note) Use 2• Dia. Bending Pin, unless otherwise shown REINFORCING STEEL LBS 240 LOW PROF L r r 16'- 4 TOTAL BARRIER WT. LBS 7000 Approx. bending point COER PRECAST BARRIER (2)-MS Worn (TYPE 2) lob/ Bor 19'- 6- LPCB-13 APDrox4 bending point I rm. I1 Oec er( a.aIMS alr a1�r 1nn,mq ops IP .Iels �.. c rxom Oecmoer tom Note: Bends on HI and H3 bars are slight (4).441 Bars )r) m �a - .OT UM 110. and do not require formal bends. 145) Bar35 2b":: exnloll r1 Exhibit B 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology 9 1.01 Defined Terms 9 1.02 Terminology 14 Article 2—Preliminary Matters 15 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance 15 2.02 Copies of Documents 15 2.03 Before Starting Construction 16 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives 16 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse 16 3.01 Intent 16 3.02 Reference Standards 17 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 18 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents 19 3.05 Reuse of Documents 19 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work 19 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 19 4.02 Starting the Work 19 4.03 Progress Schedule 19 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress 20 Article 5—Availability of Lands;Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions 21 5.01 Availability of Lands 21 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas 21 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 22 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 23 5.05 Underground Facilities 24 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site 25 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance 27 6.01 Performance, Payment,and Other Bonds 27 6.02 Licensed Sureties 28 General Conditions 00 72 00-1 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage 28 6.04 General Insurance Provisions 28 6.05 Contractor's Insurance 29 6.06 Property Insurance 32 6.07 Waiver of Rights 33 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project 33 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance 34 6.10 Certificate of Insurance 34 6.11 Insurance Policies 34 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage 34 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance 34 6.14 Texas Workers'Compensation Insurance Required Notice 35 Article 7—Contractor's Responsibilities 37 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence 37 7.02 Labor;Working Hours 37 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 38 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers, and Others 38 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties 39 7.06 Permits 40 7.07 Taxes 40 7.08 Laws and Regulations 40 7.09 Safety and Protection 41 7.10 Safety Representative 42 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs 42 7.12 Emergencies 42 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 42 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION 43 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services 45 Article 8—Other Work at the Site 45 8.01 Other Work 45 8.02 Coordination 46 8.03 Legal Relationships 46 Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities 47 General Conditions 00 72 00-2 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 9.01 Communications to Contractor 47 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members 47 9.03 Furnish Data 47 9.04 Pay When Due 47 9.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests 47 9.06 Insurance 48 9.07 Modifications 48 9.08 Inspections,Tests,and Approvals 48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities 48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 48 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program 48 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction 48 10.01 Owner's Representative 48 10.02 Visits to Site 48 10.03 Resident Project Representatives 49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work 49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments 49 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 49 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities 49 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents;Changes in the Work 50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents 50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work 51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 51 11.04 Change of Contract Price 51 11.05 Change of Contract Times 52 11.06 Change Proposals 52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders 53 11.08 Notice to Surety 54 Article 12—Change Management 54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal 54 12.02 Change Proposals 54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification 55 12.04 Equal Non Specified Products 56 General Conditions 00 72 00-3 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 12.05 Substitutions 56 Article 13—Claims 57 13.01 Claims 57 13.02 Claims Process 57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements 59 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates 59 14.02 Records 59 14.03 Liability; Penalty;Criminal Offense 60 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates 60 Article 15—Cost of the Work;Allowances; Unit Price Work 60 15.01 Cost of the Work 60 15.02 Allowances 63 15.03 Unit Price Work 63 15.04 Contingencies 64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections;Correction, Removal,or Acceptance of Defective Work 65 16.01 Access to Work 65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals 65 16.03 Defective Work 65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work 66 16.05 Uncovering Work 66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work 67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work 67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor;Set-Offs;Completion;Correction Period 68 17.01 Progress Payments 68 17.02 Application for Payment 70 17.03 Schedule of Values 72 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value 73 17.05 Basis for Payments 73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment 73 17.07 Alternates and Allowances 74 17.08 Retainage and Set-Offs 74 17.09 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment 75 17.10 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative 76 General Conditions 00 72 00-4 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 17.11 Contractor's Warranty of Title 77 17.12 Substantial Completion 77 17.13 Partial Utilization 77 17.14 Final Inspection 78 17.15 Final Application for Payment 78 17.16 Final Payment 78 17.17 Waiver of Claims 79 17.18 Correction Period 79 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination 79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work 79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause 80 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience 81 Article 19-Project Management 81 19.01 Work Included 81 19.02 Quality Assurance 82 19.03 Document Submittal 82 19.04 Required Permits 82 19.05 Safety Requirements 82 19.06 Access to the Site 83 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site 83 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities 83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations 84 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations 85 19.11 Field Measurements 85 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points 85 19.13 Delivery and Storage 86 19.14 Cleaning During Construction 87 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways,and Access 87 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control 88 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires 88 19.18 Blasting 88 19.19 Archeological Requirements 88 19.20 Endangered Species Resources 89 General Conditions 00 72 00-5 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies 89 Article 20—Project Coordination 89 20.01 Work Included 89 20.02 Document Submittal 89 20.03 Communication During Project 89 20.04 Project Meetings 90 20.05 Requests for Information 91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log 92 20.07 Notification By Contractor 92 20.08 Record Documents 93 Article 21—Quality Management 95 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities 95 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT 96 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports 97 21.04 Documentation 97 21.05 Standards 98 21.06 Delivery and Storage 98 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects 98 21.08 Test Reports 98 21.09 Defective Work 99 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory 99 21.11 Quality Control Plan 99 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan 101 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes 102 22.01 Methods and Procedures 102 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy 102 23.01 Policy 102 23.02 Definitions 102 23.03 Goals 104 23.04 Compliance 104 Article 24—Document Management 104 24.01 Work Included 104 24.02 Quality Assurance 104 General Conditions 00 72 00-6 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 104 24.04 Document Submittal 105 24.05 Document Numbering 106 24.06 Document Requirements 106 Article 25—Shop Drawings 107 25.01 Work Included 107 25.02 Quality Assurance 107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 108 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements 109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports 110 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees 110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures 110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures 112 25.09 Requests for Deviation 113 25.10 Designer Responsibilities 113 25.11 Resubmission Requirements 115 Article 26—Record Data 116 26.01 Work Included 116 26.02 Quality Assurance 117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities 117 26.04 Record Data Requirements 118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports 118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees 118 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures 118 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities 120 Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule 121 27.01 Requirements 121 27.02 Document Submittal 121 27.03 Schedule Requirements 121 27.04 Schedule Revisions 123 27.05 Float Time 123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation 123 28.01 Work Included 123 General Conditions 00 72 00-7 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 28.02 Quality Assurance 124 28.03 Document Submittal 124 28.04 Photographs 124 28.05 Video Recording 125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout 125 29.01 Substantial Completion 125 29.02 Final Inspections 126 29.03 Reinspection Fees 126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal 126 29.05 Transfer of Utilities 127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements 127 Article 30-Miscellaneous 128 30.01 Computation of Times 128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records 128 30.03 Independent Contractor 129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies 129 30.05 Limitation of Damages 129 30.06 No Waiver 129 30.07 Severability 129 30.08 Survival of Obligations 129 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries 129 30.10 Assignment of Contract 130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity 130 30.12 Controlling Law 130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue 130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury 130 30.15 Attorney Fees 130 30.16 Compliance with Laws 130 30.17 Enforcement 131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation 131 30.19 Contract Sum 131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy 131 30.21 Notices. 131 General Conditions 00 72 00-8 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined,terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi(City)authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid-The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Requirements. 7. Bidding Documents - The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and Addenda. 8. Bidder-An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bidding Requirements-The Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Security, Bid Form and attachments, and required certifications. 10. Bid Security-The financial security in the form of a bid bond provided by Bidder at the time the Bid is submitted and held by Owner until the Agreement is executed and the evidence of insurance and Bonds required by the Contract Documents are provided. A cashier's check, certified check, money order or bank draft from any State or National Bank will also be acceptable. 11. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form,refers to individual instrument. 12. Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times,or terms and conditions of the Contract. 13. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; General Conditions 00 72 00-9 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due;or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 14. City Engineer-The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or his designated representative as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. 15. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. 16. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated,or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act,49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act,42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.;or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic,or dangerous waste,substance, or material. 17. Contract-The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 18. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times,or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work;or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract, but does not make changes in the Work. 19. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 20. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications,and increases or decreases in unit price quantities,if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 21. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; General Conditions 00 72 00-10 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 b. Achieve Substantial Completion;and c. Complete the Work. 22. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 23. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 24. Cost of the Work-The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 25. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests,or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents;or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraphs 17.12 or 17.13. 26. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 27. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 28. Effective Date of the Contract-The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 29. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 30. Hazardous Environmental Condition -The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations,and the requirements of the Contract. 31. Indemnified Costs-All costs,losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner's Indemnitees. These costs include fees for engineers, architects,attorneys,and other professionals. General Conditions 00 72 00-11 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 32. Laws and Regulations;Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes,rules,regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 33. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property,or personal property. 34. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 35. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order;or d. Work Change Directive. 36. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 37. Notice to Proceed -A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 38. Owner-The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and his designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 39. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR-The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 40. Owner's Indemnitees-Each member of the OPT and their officers,directors, members, partners, employees,agents,consultants, and subcontractors. 41. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 42. Partial Occupancy or Use-Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 43. Progress Schedule-A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM)Schedule. 44. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-12 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 45. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. 46. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 47. Schedule of Documents-A schedule of required documents, prepared, and maintained by Contractor. 48. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 49. Selected Bidder-The Bidder to which Owner intends to award the Contract. 50. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings,whether approved or not,are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 51. Site- Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 52. Specifications-The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 53. Subcontractor-An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 54. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 55. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 56. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 57. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 58. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, General Conditions 00 72 00-13 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals,or traffic or other control systems. 59. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 60. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 61. Work Change Directive-A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day"mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials,or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. General Conditions 00 72 00-14 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment,complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials,or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind,class,and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others,it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-15 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule,which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM)Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents;and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,REQUIREMENTS,REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions,and General Requirements(Division 01 Sections of the Specifications)apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents;and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or General Conditions 00 72 00-16 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit,or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications,Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied,are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives General Conditions 00 72 00-17 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards,codes,or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards,whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable,or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict,error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall,therefore,satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations,dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to City. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes;or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict,error,ambiguity,or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. General Conditions 00 72 00-18 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict,error,ambiguity,or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes,unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-19 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work,or directing suspension, rescheduling,or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work.An extension of Contract Time,to the extent permitted,shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions,or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions,other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D.1, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph.These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner,as contemplated in Article 8; 3. Acts of war or terrorism;and 4. Rain days in excess of the number of days allocated for rain as described in the Supplementary Conditions. General Conditions 00 72 00-20 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents;and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting,or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment,and the operations of workers to the Site,adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 00 72 00-21 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas;and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09;and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site,except Underground Facilities;and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings;or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations,opinions,or information. General Conditions 00 72 00-22 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site,and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents;or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications;and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions,and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions,and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-23 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price;or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 2. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 3. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 4. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction;and 5. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents, or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 00 72 00-24 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price;or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 00 72 00-25 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods,techniques,sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings;or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations,opinions,or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12;and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work;or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 00 72 00-26 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment,and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds,each in an amount equal to the Contract Price,as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt,or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated;or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice, or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 00 72 00-27 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors,Suppliers,or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service,Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages,and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 00 72 00-28 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner's Indemnitees in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers'compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers'compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage(if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis,against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor;and General Conditions 00 72 00-29 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 4. Claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form)and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery,fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site;and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 00 72 00-30 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured"or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000,purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owners Indemnitees as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations,whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 00 72 00-31 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions,as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design,or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 00 72 00-32 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 17.13. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner's Indemnitees, Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT,named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-33 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies;and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds"for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code§1811.101;or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code§1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, provide a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: City of Corpus Christi—Engineering General Conditions 00 72 00-34 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 Attn:Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi,TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers'Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission,or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project,for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors,subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include,without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries,and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44)for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project,and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project;and General Conditions 00 72 00-35 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: 1. Provide coverage,based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts,and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project;and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers'compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 00 72 00-36 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/201.9 classification codes and payroll amounts,and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect,and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences,and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor;Working Hours A. Provide competent,suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: �q C Q i a°All New Year's Day January 1 Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving General Conditions 00 72 00-37 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 i LLr �4 u>� ��q, Fe}'um'e & .,�I,•rlq," e . T4' X .r•4-:.4;ssAyi Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday,it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.8 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests,as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers,and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors,Suppliers,or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers,or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor,Supplier,or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements,subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 00 72 00-38 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers,and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors,Suppliers,and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products,or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions,designs, processes, products,or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 00 72 00-39 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H,Chapter 151,of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use,or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-40 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits;and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work,and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury,or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work,whether stored on or off Site;and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation,and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments(OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.6 caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT;or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 00 72 00-41 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections,tests, or approvals by others;or General Conditions 00 72 00-42 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES OR DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS,ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK AND/OR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, VIOLATIONS OF LAWS OR REGULATIONS, OR BODILY INJURY, DEATH OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY CAUSED BY THE ACTS, OMISSIONS OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE IS ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED IN PART BY AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE HEREUNDER,SUBJECT TO THE OWNER'S DEFENSES AND LIABILITY LIMITS UNDER THE TEXAS TORT CLAIMS ACT. HOWEVER, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE AGAINST A CLAIM, LOSS, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE CAUSED BY THE SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES EACH OF OWNER'S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE. B. To THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: (I) THE FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN, OR REMOVE A CONSTITUENT OF CONCERN BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OR A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM, (II) CONTRACTOR'S TEAM'S ACTION OR INACTION RELATED TO DAMAGES, DELAYS, DISRUPTIONS OR INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF OWNER'S EMPLOYEES, OTHER CONTRACTORS, OR UTILITY OWNERS PERFORMING OTHER WORK AT OR ADJACENT TO THE SITE,OR(III)THE CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH OBLIGATES THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNER'S AND OWNER'S INDEMNITEES SOLE NEGLIGENCE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR General Conditions 00 72 00-43 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF OWNER'S INDEMNITEES. C. To THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMUTED BY LAW,CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS RESULTING FROM INFRINGEMENT ON PATENT RIGHTS OR COPYRIGHTS BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM. D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages,compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts,or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner's Indemnitees by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner's Indemnitees from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner's Indemnitees do not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner's Indemnitees as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner's Indemnitees may assume and control the defense If Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner's Indemnitees as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner's Indemnitees may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control,the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor General Conditions 00 72 00-44 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner's Indemnitees to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner's Indemnitees; b. Would require Owner's Indemnitees to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full;or c. Would not result in Owner and Owner's Indemnitees' full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials, or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations,specifications,certifications,Shop Drawings,and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing General Conditions 00 72 00-45 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting,fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner,other contractors,or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority,and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT, other contractor, or utility owner: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays,disrupts,or interferes with the execution of the Work;or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. General Conditions 00 72 00-46 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor or utility owner to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors or utility owners if damages,delays,disruptions, or interference occur. E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to damages,delays,disruptions,and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. General Conditions 00 72 00-47 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests,and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct,or have control or authority over,and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods,techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction,or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as General Conditions 00 72 00-48 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work,or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04,if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OAR will issue a Request for a Change Proposal if a Modification is required. OAR will provide documentation for changes related to the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will provide documentation if design related changes are required. D. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. General Conditions 00 72 00-49 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS;CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order,Work Change Directive,or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings,Specifications,or otherwise;or 3) Other engineering,architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive.. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications, or directions are provided in the Modification. General Conditions 00 72 00-50 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions,deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work;or 3. Involves other engineering,architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work,immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply- with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved,subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.D when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price without adjusting Contractor's fee. General Conditions 00 72 00-51 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 D. Contractor's Fee: Determine the Contractor's fee for overhead and profit as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee;or 2. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier;and 2) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 15.01.C.4, and 15.01.D; e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price;and 3. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.D.2.a through 11.04.D.2.e, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-52 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 B. Notify the OAR immediately if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. Submit the following as part of the Change Proposal: 1. Any proposed change in Contract Price,Contract Times,or other relief,accompanied by a statement that the requested Change Order is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled; 2. The reason for the proposed change; and 3. Supporting data, accompanied by a statement that the supporting data is accurate and complete. C. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07,or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor;and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact,delay,or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended,forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-53 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Bid, nor a warranty that the Bid will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal(RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; General Conditions 00 72 00-54 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies,fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; 9) Home office cost;and 10) Other items of cost. d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the Designer to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. Designer will issue a Modification per Article 11 if the Change Proposal is acceptable to the Owner. Designer will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for any changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-55 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 12.04 Equal Non Specified Products A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow the procedures in Paragraph 12.05 for a substitution. B. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase"or equal"or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 4. A Change Proposal is not required for any product that is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the product is not in full compliance, it may be offered as a Substitution. 12.05 Substitutions A. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. B. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. General Conditions 00 72 00-56 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. C. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. D. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by Designer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OPT's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence.Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within the required time limit shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. General Conditions 00 72 00-57 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim(unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within the required time limit shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor,including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation to Owner. H. Designer may review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise;or 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action,the Claim shall be deemed denied. J. The Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediate the underlying dispute at any time after a recommendation is issued by the Designer. 1. The agreement to mediate suspends the Claim submittal and response process. 2. Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process after 60 days from the agreement to mediate and resume the Claim submittal and decision process as of the date of the termination. The Claim process resumes as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator, if the mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute. General Conditions 00 72 00-58 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Agreement shall be in Nueces County, Texas.Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Agreement shall waive any immunity or defense. L. Contractor may appeal a Claim that is denied in whole or in part by filing such appeal with Owner within 30 days following the denial.Owner will have 60 days to review the appeal and respond to Contractor. If Owner does not respond within 60 days after receipt of the appeal, the appeal shall be deemed denied. M. Notify the OAR if efforts to resolve the Claim are not successful, and the Claim is denied. N. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part or if Owner denies an appealed Claim,this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes within 30 days after this action. O. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim,the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents,the Contract Price,or the Contract Times. P. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. Q. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing requirements and conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. R. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex.Gov't Code§2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and General Conditions 00 72 00-59 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty;Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b)—Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code§2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor,commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code§2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus,time-and-materials,or other cost-based terms;or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-60 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits,which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers'compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses,and 7) Paid time off for sick leave,vacations,and holidays;and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays,to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts,rebates, refunds,and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; General Conditions 00 72 00-61 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; e. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; f. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; g. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; h. Cost of additional utilities,fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; i. Minor expense items directly required by the Work;and j. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages,and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. General Conditions 00 72 00-62 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner's Indemnitees. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis. 2. In accordance with Paragraph 11.04.0 for Work covered by a Modification determined on the basis of Cost of the Work. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation,overhead, profit,and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.B.1 and 15.02.6.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. General Conditions 00 72 00-63 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding,subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Agreement; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work;and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Agreement. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Agreement. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means,methods, sequences,or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount,adjustments to the contingency amount,and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 00 72 00-64 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector,testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests,and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections,tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange,obtain,and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs,or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time;and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 00 72 00-65 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 F. Pay claims,costs,losses,and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work,including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work;and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles;and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. 2. Submit a Change Proposal for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times directly attributable to this uncovering, exposure, observation, General Conditions 00 72 00-66 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 inspection, testing, and reconstruction if the uncovered Work is found to be not Defective. 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents;or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims,costs, losses,and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. General Conditions 00 72 00-67 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR;SET-OFFS;COMPLETION;CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs,losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement;or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage,delay,disruption,and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones,Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Owner has been notified of failure to make payments to Subcontractors,Suppliers, or Employees; General Conditions 00 72 00-68 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 j. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; k. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; I. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; m. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; n. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; o. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; p. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; q. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended;or r. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt,claim,demand,or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt,claim,demand,or account after said taxes are due,shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00-69 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning,start-up,training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses,including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision,clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials,and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; General Conditions 00 72 00-70 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead,surface,or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes,and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management,administration,and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties,extended or special warranties,or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials;and 29. Demobilization of all physical,temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Submit approval using the Consent of Surety Company to Payment Procedures form provided. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 2. Project photographs per Article 28. 3. Record Documents per Article 20. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Certified payroll documentation required by the Contract Documents. 6. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 7. Documentation required by funding agency per Section 00 74 00. General Conditions 00 72 00-71 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form provided in Attachment A to the Application for Payment-Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Agreement, use each unit price line item in the Agreement as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials, or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other cost associated with the item in the Agreement. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion,show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. General Conditions 00 72 00-72 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the • payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03.E.3 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Agreement. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Agreement for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste,overages,and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. General Conditions 00 72 00-73 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2. Payment for materials and equipment show in the Application for Payment on Attachment A or Attachment B - Tabulation of Work on Approved Contract Modifications will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on Attachment D to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Values for Materials and Equipment. Include invoice numbers on Attachment D so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on Attachment D. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents,satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Alternates and Allowances A. Include amounts for specified Alternate Work in the Agreement in accordance with SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES. B. Include amounts for specified Allowances for Work in the Agreement in accordance with SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES. 17.08 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include Attachment C—Tabulation of Set-Offs in the Application for Payment. General Conditions 00 72 00-74 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 17.09 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment Cto document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format(PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. General Conditions 00 72 00-75 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.10 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents;and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents;or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive,extended to every aspect of the Work in progress,or involved detailed inspections of the Work;or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise,direct,or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; General Conditions 00 72 00-76 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price;or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials,or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.11 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.12 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items;and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.13 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.12 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. General Conditions 00 72 00-77 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 17.14 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted under Paragraph 17.13 is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.15 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. 17.16 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes;and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete,subject to surviving obligations,when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00-78 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 17.17 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 17.14; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees;or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.18 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or longer period of time prescribed by the terms of the Contract Documents. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.18.A and 17.18.B corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. The correction period is extended for an additional period of 1 year for Defective Work corrected after the date of Substantial Completion or after the accepted date the correction period starts to run as described in Paragraph 17.18.E. This extended correction period starts to run when Defective Work has been satisfactorily corrected under this Paragraph 17.18. G. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.18 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.18 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in General Conditions 00 72 00-79 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors,or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; or 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated,and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site,take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. General Conditions 00 72 00-80 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. This cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims,costs,losses,and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Claims, costs, losses,and damages incurred by Owner are to be reviewed as to their reasonableness and incorporated in a Change Order by OAR. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.D.;and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions,management of water and management of excess earth as required in SECTION 0157 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. General Conditions 00 72 00-81 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches,recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services,or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports,including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. General Conditions 00 72 00-82 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures as discussed in SECTION 0157 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. E. Park employees'vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way,or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts,shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped,or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. General Conditions 00 72 00-83 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Coordinate Work with local utility company and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles,guy wires,pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals(maximum)for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. C. Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not General Conditions 00 72 00-84 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 included in the Bid Form,the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action in accordance with SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines,control lines,grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments,stakes, platforms,tools,and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. General Conditions 00 72 00-85 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: General Conditions 00 72 00-86 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained;and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition,cutting,and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways,and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. General Conditions 00 72 00-87 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths,construct temporary ramps,or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. General Conditions 00 72 00-88 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species,or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The Designer will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. General Conditions 00 72 00-89 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. E. Submit communications on the forms referenced in this Section or in Article 24. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. General Conditions 00 72 00-90 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems,or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing,concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the Designer to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. General Conditions 00 72 00-91 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. Designer will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation,or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal(RCP)per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. General Conditions 00 72 00-92 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer,or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use"Notification by Contractor"form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean,dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number,Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. General Conditions 00 72 00-93 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves,unions,traps,and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red;and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00-94 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor,Subcontractors,and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection,and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations;and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. General Conditions 00 72 00-95 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work though Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings required by Article 20. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program,or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges,and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed, or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT,through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; General Conditions 00 72 00-96 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance;and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implementing the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals,list of tests that can be performed, equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why General Conditions 00 72 00-97 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents they are not in compliance and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing,curing, processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; b. Name of the laboratory,address, and telephone number; c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; General Conditions 00 72 00-98 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the test was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents;and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor;or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. General Conditions 00 72 00-99 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities,and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control,verification,and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test,and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.B.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. General Conditions 00 72 00-100 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested,submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data,and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. General Conditions 00 72 00-101 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site,or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity;or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Methods and Procedures A. The Owner or Contractor may appeal a Claim,approved or denied in part or in full, by: 1. Agreeing with the other party to submit the dispute to a dispute resolution process;or 2. Notifying the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction if the parties do not mutually agree to a dispute resolution process. No provision of this Agreement shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of this Agreement shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy,the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. General Conditions 00 72 00-102 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services,supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership,at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation,at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power,direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors,or stockholders of the business enterprise,must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy,women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual:Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident)of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities.The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the General Conditions 00 72 00-103 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example,a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial,or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%.. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices,shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. General Conditions 00 72 00-104 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition(OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for"Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 00 72 00-105 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required,such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: General Conditions 00 72 00-106 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 eA���^�..a�it�".� Q,0u Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Article 25 for approval of product Certified Test Report Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning,and testing;and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general,to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents, or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. General Conditions 00 72 00-107 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements,materials,catalog numbers,and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work;and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; General Conditions 00 72 00-108 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.10. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors,textures,or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does,in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions,size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns,and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete,asphalt,or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. General Conditions 00 72 00-109 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties,guarantees,and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. General Conditions 00 72 00-110 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition(OCR)software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for"Drop Metadata." Uncheck the"Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated,and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract General Conditions 00 72 00-111 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product,with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color,texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. General Conditions 00 72 00-112 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.10 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with General Conditions 00 72 00-113 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. General Conditions 00 72 00-114 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations,then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.10.8 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.11 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. General Conditions 00 72 00-115 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay cost for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication,installation, commissioning,and testing; and General Conditions 00 72 00-116 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data,and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers,and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities,and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose;and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents General Conditions 00 72 00-117 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement,model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns,and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project;and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. General Conditions 00 72 00-118 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR)software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for"Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 00 72 00-119 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of"Filed as Received"and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked"Rejected"and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel -Not Required." No further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." General Conditions 00 72 00-120 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Take the requirements of SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES into consideration when preparing schedule. F. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedules updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning,scheduling,and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work;and 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. General Conditions 00 72 00-121 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path;and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. General Conditions 00 72 00-122 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.05 Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path,the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. General Conditions 00 72 00-123 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter,utilities,driveways,fencing, landscaping,etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials,trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication,or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. General Conditions 00 72 00-124 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 2. Date,time, location,and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest,do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out,voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the Designer that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within a reasonable time after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. Designer will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the Designer when the items of Work in the Designer's notice have been completed. General Conditions 00 72 00-125 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. Designer will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the Designer of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the Designer when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within a reasonable time after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.06 if notified that the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data,and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. General Conditions 00 72 00-126 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. Transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds,and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name,with the name of the principal, address,and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond,or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure;and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. General Conditions 00 72 00-127 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Saturday,Sunday,or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy,at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract,unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract,then,such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include,but are not limited to:accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. General Conditions 00 72 00-128 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to,and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees;or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty,obligation,right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner's Indemnitees are not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. General Conditions 00 72 00-129 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County,Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that,in the event of litigation,all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act,common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) 'and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal,state and city laws, rules and regulations. General Conditions 00 72 00-130 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee,are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year,the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and,including authorized adjustments,is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. END OF SECTION General Conditions 00 72 00-131 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects Rev 8/2019 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. 30046797 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Berry Contracting, LP dba Bay Ltd. Name: Continental Casualty Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 1414 Valero Way 5151 San Felipe,Suite 1200 Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 Houston,Texas 77056 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner Same Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Mailing address(principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: ILLINOIS Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number): 713-513-6301 Project No. 19078A Wastewater Line Repairs 54 Inch Sewer Main Telephone(for notice of claim): Greenwood&SPID Emergency Construction Contract See Attached Local Agent for Surety Name: Higginbotham Insurance Agency Award Date of the Contract: September 4,2019 Address: 500 N.Shoreline Blvd.,Suite 1200 Contract Price: $3,100,000.00 Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 Bond Telephone: 361-883-1711 E-Mail Address: memoore@higginbotham.net Date of Bond: October 16,2019 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date The address of the surety company to which any of the Contract) notice of claim should be sent may be obtained Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall following toll-free number:1-800-252-3439 be deemed an original. Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves,and their heirs,administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect.Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County,Texas for any legal action. Contractor s Principal Surety Signature: Signature: � / ( ,., 71Y/--124—, Name: ,n L'q_,i#z.. Name: Ma len Mnore Title: -1n• .�-;r M s e. Title: Attorney in Fact Email Address: ',g,n�.2. c8 60,4 l.4 a. Coro Email Address: memoore@higginbotham,net (Attach Power of Attorney and pick surety seal below) • ,t4 END OF SECTION EXHIBIT C PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 30046797 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Berry Contracting, LP dba Bay Ltd. Name: Continental Casualty Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 1414 Valero Way 5151 San Felipe,Suite 1200 Corpus Christi,Texas 78409 Houston,Texas 77056 Physical address(principal place of business): Owner Same Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Mailing address(principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: ILLINOIS Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number): 713-513-6301 Project No.19078A Wastewater Line Repairs 54 Inch Sewer Main Greenwood&SPID Telephone(for notice of claim): Emergency Construction Contract See Attached Local Agent for Surety Name: Higginbotham Insurance Agency Award Date of the Contract: September 4,2019 Address: Price: $3,100,000.00 500 N.Shoreline Blvd.,Suite 1200 Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 Telephone: 361-883-1711 Bond E-Mail Address: memoore@higginbotham.net Date of Bond: October 16,2019 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date The address of the surety company to which any of Contract) notice of claim should be sent may be obtained Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the this instrument in 4 copies,each one of which shall following toll-free number:1-800-252-3439 be deemed an original. Surety and Contractor,intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer,agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves,and their heirs, administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contract as Principal Surety Signature: Signature: �Ll� Name: U"or, .t,^4.2 Name: Ma en Moore Title: • ,, M t , Title: Attorney in Fact Email Address: ` a n 2oe��.t\� Cpm Email Address: memoOre@higginbOtham net (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) di,' Nf e END OF SECTION POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents,That Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company(herein called "the CNA Companies"),are duly organized and existing insurance companies having their principal offices in the City of Chicago,and State of Illinois, and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make,constitute and appoint Mary Ellen Moore,Steve Addkison,Cathleen Hayles,Aaron J Endris,Tricia Balolong,Individually of Corpus Christi,TX,their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign,seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature -In Unlimited Amounts- and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their insurance companies and all the acts of said Attorney,pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law and Resolutions,printed on the reverse hereof,duly adopted,as indicated,by the Boards of Directors of the insurance companies. In Witness Whereof,the CNA Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 30th day of September,2019. C ul(r OSURq roo Continental Casualty Company 4� o 4t. c National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford y0oaPOAA,, S ORP°14Te ' American Cas lty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania SEAL , C� : isoi I. 1897 HARI*C • Paul T.Bruflat Vice President State of South Dakota,County of Minnehaha,ss: On this 30th day of September,2019,before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat to me known,who,being by me duly sworn,did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls,State of South Dakota;that he is a Vice President of Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seals of said insurance companies;that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals;that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said insurance companies and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority,and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance companies. J.MOHR ,a�o�raTAar weuc � u`d 60UTH d1KOTA a 7)944--11A. C-ik My Commission Expires June 23,2021 J.Mohr Notary Public CERTIFICATE I,D.Johnson,Assistant Secretary of Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force,and further certify that the By-Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of the insurance companies printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance companies this 16TH day of OCTOBER , 2019 . Cnsu44T 1NSURgRANroo Continental Casualty Company �� 0 4 '�� ��c National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford l cQPOAre ci CO % �wco Pralk .. American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania z Muir 11, CJ i SEAL r e 1902 ge 1897 HAR�v` • F, ��" D.Johnson Assistant Secretary Form F6853-4/2012 Go to www.cnasuretv.com>Owner/Obligee Services>Validate Bond Cdveiage,if you want to verify bond authenticity. Figure: 28 TAC §1.601(a)(3) 1 IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: 2 You may contact Continental Casualty Company, Puede comunicarse con Continental Casualty National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, Company, National Fire Insurance Company de American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Hartford,American Casualty Company de Reading, PA Continental Insurance Company at 312-822-5000. y Continental Insurance Company al 312-822-5000. 3 You may call Continental Casualty.Company, Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, Continental Casualty Company, National Fire American Casualty Company of Reading, PA and Insurance Company de Hartford,American Casualty Continental Insurance Company's toll-free telephone Company de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance number for information or to make a complaint at: Company's para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-877-672-6115 1-877-672-6115 4 You may also write to Continental Casualty Usted tambien puede escribir a Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Company of Company, National Fire Insurance Company de Hartford,American Casualty Company of Reading, Hartford,American Casualty Company de Reading, PA and Continental Insurance Company at: PA y Continental Insurance Company: CNA Surety, Surety Claims CNA Surety, Surety Claims 151 North Franklin, 17th Floor 151 North Franklin, 17th Floor Chicago, IL 606 Chicago, IL 606 5 You may contact the Texas Department of Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros Insurance to obtain information on companies, de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de coverages, rights or complaints at: companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 1-800-252-3439 6 You may write the Texas Department of Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Insurance: Texas: P.O. Box 149104 P.O. Box 149104 Austin,TX 78714-9104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512)490-1007 Fax: (512)490-1007 Web: www.tdi.texas.gov Web: www.tdi.texas.gov E-Mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov E-Mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov 7 PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Should you have a dispute concerning your Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a premium or about a claim you should contact un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Continental Continental Casualty Company, National Fire Casualty Company, National Fire Insurance Insurance Company of Hartford,American Casualty Company de Hartford,American Casualty Company Company of Reading, PA and Continental Insurance de Reading, PA y Continental Insurance Company Company first. If the dispute is not resolved,you primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). 8 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es This notice is for information only and does not solo para proposito de informacion y no se become a part or condition of the attached convierte en parte o condicion del documento document. adjunto. Form F8277-6-2018 ® DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) AC� AC� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 10/15/2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: if the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the poIlcy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc. PHONE Diann Eisenhauer FAX PO Box 870 IA/C.No.Ertl:361-561-4276 (No,No):361-844-0101 Corpus Christi TX 78403 ADD IREESS: deisenhauer@higginbotham.net INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC U INSURER A:ACE American Insurance Company 22667 INSURED BERRY13 INSURER B:Westchester Fire Insurance Company 10030 Berry Contracting, LP dba Bay, Ltd.; INSURER C:ACE Property&Casualty Insurance Co 20699 Berry GP, Inc.dba Berry Contracting, Inc.; Berry Heavy Haul&Rigging INSURER D:Indian Harbor Insurance Company 36940 PO Box 4858 INSURER E: Corpus Christi TX 78469-4858 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1501979094 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POUCY EFF POLICY EXP VOID LTR INSD VD POLICY NUMBER IMMIDD/YYYY) IMMIDD(YYYY) A X COMMERCIAL GENERALUABIUTY HDOG71564800 5/20/2019 5/20/2020 EACH OCCURRENCE $2,000,000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES(Ea occurrence) 5100,000 X CG0001 04/13 MED EXP(Any one person) _ $10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $2,000,000 GE 'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $10,000,000 POLICY X JECT X LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $5,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ISAH25295158 5/20/2019 5/20/2020 COMacciBINEDdent)SINGLE LIMIT $2,000,000 (Ea X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS x HIRED X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY _ AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) X MCS-90 X CA0001 10/13 $ B X UMBRELLA UAB X OCCUR G24021439012 5/20/2019 5/20/2020 EACH OCCURRENCE $40,000,000 B X EXCESS UAB G28119641004 5/20/2019 5/20/2020 — CLAIMS-MADE G71524334001 5/20/2019 5/20/2020 AGGREGATE $40,000,000 DED X RETENTION$1 n nnn $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION WLRC65891761 5/20/2019 5/20/2020 X STATUTE OTH- ER AND EMPLOYERS'UABIUTY Y/N ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE N/A E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $2,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $2,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $2,000,000 D Contractors Pollution CE0744668702 5/20/2019 5/20/2020 Pollution Condition $25,000,000 Pollution Aggregate $25,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached H more space Is required) • See Attached... CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard Street AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Corpus Christi TX 78401 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: BERRY13 LOC#: ACCORD ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of AGENCY NAMED INSURED Higginbotham Insurance Agency,Inc. Berry Contracting,LP dba Bay,Ltd.; Berry GP,Inc.dba Berry Contracting,Inc.; POLICY NUMBER Berry Heavy Haul&Rigging PO Box 4858 Corpus Christi TX 78469-4858 CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE GENERAL LIABILITY INCLUDES:ISO Commercial General Liability Occurrence—CG0001 04/13 (Contractual Liability,Broad Form Property Damage;Explosion,Collapse and Underground Hazard;Blowout and Cratering;Separation of Insureds as provided by ISO CGL Form 0001 04/13);Employers Liability exclusion does not apply to liability assumed in an Insured Contract per CGL Form CG0001 04/13; Additional Insured-Lessor of Leased Equipment-Automatic Status When Required in Lease Agreement with You—CG2034 04/13; Additional Insured-Owners,Lessees or Contractors-On Going Operations—CG2010 10/01 and Additional Insured-Owners,Lessees or Contractors—Completed Operations—CG2037 10/01—Any Owner,Lessee or Contractor,and any other person or organization whom you have agreed to include as an additional insured under written contract,provided such contract was executed prior to the date of loss; Non Contributory Endorsement for Additional Insureds—LD20287 06/06—Any additional insured with whom you have agreed to provide such primary and non-contributory insurance as required under written contract executed prior to loss;Waiver of Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others—CG2404 05/09—Any person or organization against whom you have agreed to waive your right of recovery in a written contract executed prior to loss;Construction Project(s)General Aggregate Limit—LD21732 01/07-$5,000,000 per Project and Designated Location(s)Aggregate Limit—LD20039 09/10—All Locations$5,000,000 Limit;Contractual Liability Railroads—CG2417 10/01—Any railroad you have agreed to indemnify pursuant to a written contract signed prior to loss; 30 Day Notice of Cancellation except 10 Days for Non-Payment of Premium when required by written contract—Notice to Others Endorsement-Schedule-Notice by Insured's Representative—ALL32686 01/11 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INCLUDES: ISO Business Auto—CA0001 10/13 Additional Insured-Designated Persons or Organizations—DA9U74C 03/16—Any person or organization whom you have agreed to include as an additional insured under a written contract executed prior to loss;Non-Contributory for Additional Insureds—DA21886b 06/14—Any additional insured with whom you have agreed to provide such primary and non-contributory insurance as required by written contract executed prior to loss;Coverage for Certain Operations in Connections with Railroads—CA2070 10/13—Any railroad you have agreed to indemnify pursuant to a written contract signed prior to loss; Motor Carrier Endorsement—MCS90 01/17—Primary$2,000,000; Pollution Liability Broadened Coverage for Covered Autos—CA9948 10/13; Waiver of Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others—DA13115a 06/14—Any person or organization against whom you have agreed to waive your right of recovery in a written contract executed prior to loss; 30 Day Notice of Cancellation except 10 Days for Non-Payment of Premium when required by written contract—Notice to Others Endorsement-Schedule-Notice by Insured's Representative—ALL32686 01/11 WORKERS COMPENSATION INCLUDES: NCCI WC000000C 01/15 Alternate Employer—WC000301A 02/89 and WC000301 04/84—If any—Any state shown in Item 3A of the Information Page(does not apply to any employee lease contract/arrangement); Longshore and Harbor Workers Compensation Act—WC000106A 04/92;Maritime Coverage—WC000201 B 01/15—If any, TWM&C Included-$2,000,000 Limit of Liability; Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act—WC000109C 01/15;Stop-Gap Employers Liability—WC990303C 04/92- $2,000,000 Limit;Voluntary Compensation—Foreign—WC990302D 01/15—Any US Employee while temporarily outside the US or Canada;Voluntary Compensation—Maritime—W0000203 04/84—Employees Masters and Members of Crew of Vessel you have contracted to perform work on;Voluntary Compensation and Employers Liability-AOS—WC000311A 08/91—Any employee exempt from the Workers Compensation Law;Waiver of Transfer of Right to Recover from Others—WC000313 11/05 and Texas WC420304b 06/14 —Any person or organization against whom you have agreed to waive your right of recovery in a written contract executed prior to loss; 30 Day Notice of Cancellation except 10 Days for Non-Payment of Premium when required by written contract—Notice to Others Endorsement-Schedule-Notice by Insured's Representative—WC990369 01/11 UMBRELLA-EXCESS LIABILITY POLICIES—follow form additional insured,waiver,primary non-contributory,contractual on Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employers Liability CONTRACTORS POLLUTION INCLUDES: PNCE Plus Form KLD 051 01/13 Insured means the Client but only if you are required to include the Client as an additional insured in a written contract in effect during the policy period and signed by you prior to the first commencement of the Pollution Condition and with respect to the Client's vicarious liability resulting from your Contracting Activity. Insured means all persons or organizations,other than a Client,as required by written contract executed by the Named Insured,but only for a Pollution Condition caused by your Contracting Activity and the vicarious liability of the person or organization that results from the performance of your Contracting Activity provided that such written contract is signed by the Named Insured prior to the commencement of the Pollution Condition.Company waives right of recovery against any person or organization included in the definition of an Insured or against the Insured's Clients,if prior to the Pollution Claim,a waiver of subrogation was required and accepted under a specific contractual undertaking by the Insured. Project No. 19078A Wastewater Line Repairs 54 Inch Sewer Main-Greenwood&SPID ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD